GCSE Maths Functions and Advanced Graphs (Higher): worked examples and questions with answers
By the end of this chapter you will be able to
- Use function notation f(x), evaluate functions and solve equations of the form f(x) = k
- Find inverse functions and composite functions such as fg(x), and solve equations involving them
- Sketch the graphs of y = f(x) + a, y = f(x + a), y = −f(x), y = f(−x), and recognise stretches y = af(x) and y = f(ax)
- Recognise, sketch and use the graphs of y = sin x, y = cos x and y = tan x (shape, period, key values), and solve trigonometric equations
- Recognise and use exponential graphs y = kx and solve growth and decay problems, including compound interest
- Use the equation x2 + y2 = r2 of a circle and find the equation of a tangent at a point
- Estimate gradients of curves with tangents, and understand average and instantaneous rates of change
- Estimate the area under a graph with trapezia and rectangles, and interpret it in context
- Solve equations numerically by iteration, and work with general iterative processes
You should already know
- Substituting into expressions and rearranging formulae (Chapter 8)
- Gradients and equations of straight lines, including perpendicular lines (Chapter 12)
- Quadratic and reciprocal graphs (Chapter 13) and solving quadratics (Chapter 14)
- Compound interest and percentage multipliers (Chapter 5)
- Trigonometry in right-angled triangles (Chapter 20)
- Speed–time graphs (Chapters 13 and 16)
Where this leads
- Circle theorems, including the tangent–radius theorem (Chapter 26)
- A-level maths: calculus, which finds exact gradients and areas
- Further work on sequences, series and growth models
Edexcel GCSE (9–1) Mathematics 1MA1, Higher tier. Content references: A7, A12, A13, A15, A16, A20, R15, R16.
- 25.1 Function notation: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.2 Inverse functions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.3 Composite functions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.4 Graph transformations: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.5 Trigonometric graphs: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.6 Exponential graphs, growth and decay: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.7 The equation of a circle and tangents: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.8 Gradients of curves and rates of change: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.9 Areas under graphs: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 25.10 Iteration and iterative processes: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- Check-up and exam-style questions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
Exercise P Do you remember?
Non-calculatorMethod. Substitute the number for x, then follow BIDMAS.
- Replace each x with the number, in brackets. Brackets protect negative numbers.3 × (−2)2 − 2 × (−2) + 5
- Work out each part (powers first, then multiply). BIDMAS.= 12 + 4 + 5
- Add and subtract. = 21
Check. Use a calculator with the brackets typed in: 21. ✓
Watch out. (−2)2 = 4 but −22 = −4. Put brackets round a negative number.
Method. Use inverse operations on both sides, undoing the last operation first.
- Add 5 to both sides. The last thing done to 3x was subtracting 5, so undo it by adding 5.y + 5 = 3x
- Divide both sides by 3. The x is multiplied by 3, so divide.x = y + 53
Check. Put y = 7 in: x = (7 + 5) ÷ 3 = 4, and 3 × 4 − 5 = 7. ✓
Watch out. Do the same to both sides, and divide the whole of the other side by 3.
Method. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.
- Find the change in y. Subtract the y-coordinates.10 − 2 = 8
- Find the change in x. Subtract the x-coordinates in the same order.5 − 1 = 4
- Divide. Rise over run.8 ÷ 4 = 2
Check. Going 1 across, the line goes 2 up: from (1, 2) to (2, 4) to (3, 6). ✓
Watch out. Subtract in the same order for both coordinates.
Method. An increase of 15% gives 115% of the original, and 115% = 1.15.
- Write the new amount as a percentage of the original. 100% stays, and 15% is added.100% + 15% = 115%
- Change the percentage to a decimal. Divide by 100.115 ÷ 100 = 1.15
Check. 1.15 × 200 = 230, and 200 + 15% of 200 = 200 + 30 = 230. ✓
Watch out. The multiplier for an increase is more than 1; for a decrease it is less than 1.
Method. Factorise the quadratic, then set each bracket equal to 0.
- Find two numbers that multiply to 6 and add to −5. These are the numbers in the two brackets.−2 and −3 (since −2 × −3 = 6 and −2 + −3 = −5)
- Write the brackets. (x − 2)(x − 3) = 0
- One bracket must be 0. If a product is 0, one factor is 0.x − 2 = 0 or x − 3 = 0
- Solve. x = 2 or x = 3
Check. 22 − 10 + 6 = 0 and 32 − 15 + 6 = 0. ✓
Watch out. Give both solutions.
Function notation
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A function is a rule that takes an input number, does something to it, and gives exactly one output number. You already know functions as function machines: put a number in, the machine follows its instructions, and a number comes out. The machine below multiplies the input by 3 and then subtracts 5.
Mathematicians give a function a name, usually a single letter such as f, g or h, and write the rule with function notation:
f(x) = 3x − 5
This is read “f of x equals 3x minus 5”. The letter x is a placeholder for whatever number goes in. The bracket is not a multiplication: f(x) does not mean f times x. It means “the output of f when the input is x”.
Finding an output. To find f(4) we put 4 in wherever the x was: f(4) = 3 × 4 − 5 = 7. So the function turns 4 into 7. Use brackets for negative inputs: f(−2) = 3 × (−2) − 5 = −11.
Finding an input. Sometimes we are told the output and must find the input. To solve f(x) = 19 we write the rule in place of f(x) and solve the equation: 3x − 5 = 19, so 3x = 24 and x = 8. For a quadratic function the equation may have two answers. For example, if g(x) = x2, then g(x) = 9 gives x = 3 or x = −3, because two different inputs can give the same output.
Other inputs. The input does not have to be a number. If f(x) = 3x − 5, then f(a + 2) means put the whole expression a + 2 in place of x: f(a + 2) = 3(a + 2) − 5 = 3a + 1. Always put brackets round the input before you expand.
Which inputs are allowed? The set of allowed inputs is called the domain. For f(x) = 12 ÷ x we cannot divide by 0, so x = 0 is not allowed, and for g(x) = √x negative inputs are not allowed (at GCSE). Functions also appear in real life: a taxi fare C(d) = 2.5 + 1.8d gives the cost in pounds for a journey of d miles.
Key ideas
- A function is a rule: each input gives exactly one output. f(x) is the output when the input is x.
- f(a) means: replace every x in the rule by a (use brackets), then work it out.
- To solve f(x) = k, write the rule in place of f(x) and solve the equation. A quadratic can have two solutions.
- f(a + 2) or f(2a): put the whole expression in brackets in place of x, then expand and simplify.
- Any letter can name a function (f, g, h, C, P …).
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = −3x + 5
- Replace every x with −2, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of f(−2) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.f(−2) = −3 × (−2) + 5
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 5 + 6
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 11
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 11. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. g(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.g(x) = x2 − 4x + 1
- Replace every x with −3, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of g(−3) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.g(−3) = (−3)2 − 4 × (−3) + 1
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 9 + 12 + 1
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 22
Check. Use a different arrangement: x(x − 4) + 1 with x = −3 gives (−3) × ((−3) − 4) + 1 = 22. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 19, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 19, so f(x) = 19. Put the rule in for f(x).3x + 4 = 19
- Subtract 4 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 4 is added. The opposite of adding 4 is subtracting 4. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.3x = 15
- Divide both sides by 3. The unknown part is being multiplied by 3. The opposite of multiplying by 3 is dividing by 3.x = 5
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 5
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(5) = 3 × 5 + 4 = 19. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve g(x) = 8, put the rule in for g(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 8, so g(x) = 8. Put the rule in for g(x).x2 − 2x = 8
- Move everything to one side so that the other side is 0. To factorise, a quadratic equation must equal 0. Subtract 8 from both sides.x2 − 2x − 8 = 0
- Factorise the quadratic. If two things multiply to give 0, at least one of them must be 0. Factorising turns the equation into a product that equals 0.(x − 4)(x + 2) = 0
- Set each bracket equal to 0 and solve. One bracket must be 0.x − 4 = 0 ⇒ x = 4
x + 2 = 0 ⇒ x = −2 - Write the solutions. A quadratic equation can have two solutions, so give both.x = −2 or x = 4
Check. Put each solution back into the function: g(−2) = (−2)2 − 2 × (−2) = 8; g(4) = 42 − 2 × 4 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Method. To find f(a + 2), replace x in the rule by a + 2 (in brackets) and simplify.
- Write the function. f(x) is a rule for the input x. If the input is something else, we put that in the same places.f(x) = x2 + 3x
- Replace every x with a + 2. The whole expression in the brackets of f(a + 2) is the input. Use brackets round it.f(a + 2) = (a + 2)2 + 3(a + 2)
- Expand any brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time. For a squared bracket, multiply the bracket by itself.(a + 2)2 = a2 + 4a + 4
3(a + 2) = 3a + 6 - Collect like terms. Add together the terms with the same power of the letter.f(a + 2) = a2 + 7a + 10
Check. Test with a = 2: the input is 2 + 2 = 4, and the original rule gives 28. The answer gives 22 + 7 × 2 + 10 = 28. They agree. ✓
Watch out. Replace every x, and expand squares properly: (x + 1)² is (x + 1)(x + 1), not x² + 1.
Watch out
f(x) is not f multiplied by x. Also keep the two jobs apart: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input. And with negative inputs always use brackets: if f(x) = x2, then f(−3) = (−3)2 = 9, not −9.Exercise 25A Function notation
Non-calculatorKey words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = 4x − 3
- Replace every x with 2. The number inside the bracket of f(2) is the input, so it goes where the x was.f(2) = 4 × 2 − 3
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 8 − 3
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 5
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 5. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = 4x − 3
- Replace every x with 0. The number inside the bracket of f(0) is the input, so it goes where the x was.f(0) = 4 × 0 − 3
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 0 − 3
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= −3
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is −3. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = 4x − 3
- Replace every x with −3, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of f(−3) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.f(−3) = 4 × (−3) − 3
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= −12 − 3
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= −15
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is −15. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = 4x − 3
- Replace every x with 10. The number inside the bracket of f(10) is the input, so it goes where the x was.f(10) = 4 × 10 − 3
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 40 − 3
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 37
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 37. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. g(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.g(x) = x2 + 1
- Replace every x with 3. The number inside the bracket of g(3) is the input, so it goes where the x was.g(3) = 32 + 1
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 9 + 1
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 10
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 10. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. g(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.g(x) = x2 + 1
- Replace every x with −4, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of g(−4) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.g(−4) = (−4)2 + 1
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 16 + 1
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 17
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 17. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. g(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.g(x) = x2 + 1
- Replace every x with 0. The number inside the bracket of g(0) is the input, so it goes where the x was.g(0) = 02 + 1
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 0 + 1
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 1
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 1. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. g(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.g(x) = x2 + 1
- Replace every x with 0.5. The number inside the bracket of g(0.5) is the input, so it goes where the x was.g(0.5) = 0.52 + 1
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 0.25 + 1
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 1.25
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 1.25. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Method. Read the machine from left to right: whatever happens to x first goes next to the x in the rule.
- Follow the input through the machine. The first box multiplies by 4 and the second adds 3.x → 4x → 4x + 3
- Write the rule. f(x) = 4x + 3
- Put in 5. Replace x with 5.f(5) = 4 × 5 + 3 = 20 + 3 = 23
- Put in −2. Use brackets for the negative number.f(−2) = 4 × (−2) + 3 = −8 + 3 = −5
Check. Run 5 through the machine: 5 × 4 = 20, then 20 + 3 = 23. ✓
Watch out. The order matters. Multiply first, then add. 4x + 3 is not 4(x + 3).
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. h(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.h(x) = 20x
- Replace every x with 4. The number inside the bracket of h(4) is the input, so it goes where the x was.h(4) = 204
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 5
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 5. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. h(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.h(x) = 20x
- Replace every x with −5, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of h(−5) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.h(−5) = 20(−5)
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= −4
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is −4. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. h(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.h(x) = 20x
- Replace every x with 0.5. The number inside the bracket of h(0.5) is the input, so it goes where the x was.h(0.5) = 200.5
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 40
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 40. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. h(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.h(x) = 20x
- Replace every x with 0.25. The number inside the bracket of h(0.25) is the input, so it goes where the x was.h(0.25) = 200.25
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 80
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 80. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. p(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.p(x) = 2x2 − 5x + 3
- Replace every x with 1. The number inside the bracket of p(1) is the input, so it goes where the x was.p(1) = 2 × 12 − 5 × 1 + 3
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 2 − 5 + 3
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 0
Check. Use a different arrangement: x(2x − 5) + 3 with x = 1 gives 1 × (2 × 1 − 5) + 3 = 0. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. p(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.p(x) = 2x2 − 5x + 3
- Replace every x with −2, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of p(−2) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.p(−2) = 2 × (−2)2 − 5 × (−2) + 3
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 8 + 10 + 3
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 21
Check. Use a different arrangement: x(2x − 5) + 3 with x = −2 gives (−2) × (2 × (−2) − 5) + 3 = 21. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. p(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.p(x) = 2x2 − 5x + 3
- Replace every x with 3. The number inside the bracket of p(3) is the input, so it goes where the x was.p(3) = 2 × 32 − 5 × 3 + 3
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 18 − 15 + 3
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 6
Check. Use a different arrangement: x(2x − 5) + 3 with x = 3 gives 3 × (2 × 3 − 5) + 3 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = x + 62
- Replace every x with 8. The number inside the bracket of f(8) is the input, so it goes where the x was.f(8) = 8 + 62
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 7
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 7. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = x + 62
- Replace every x with −4, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of f(−4) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.f(−4) = (−4) + 62
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 1
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 1. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = x + 62
- Replace every x with 0. The number inside the bracket of f(0) is the input, so it goes where the x was.f(0) = 0 + 62
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 3
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 3. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = √(x + 9)
- Replace every x with 16. The number inside the bracket of f(16) is the input, so it goes where the x was.f(16) = √(16 + 9)
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 5
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 5. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = √(x + 9)
- Replace every x with 0. The number inside the bracket of f(0) is the input, so it goes where the x was.f(0) = √(0 + 9)
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 3
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 3. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = √(x + 9)
- Replace every x with −5, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of f(−5) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.f(−5) = √((−5) + 9)
- Work it out. Follow BIDMAS.= 2
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 2. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. g(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.g(x) = x3 − 2x
- Replace every x with −3, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of g(−3) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.g(−3) = (−3)3 − 2 × (−3)
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= −27 + 6
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= −21
Check. Use a different arrangement: x(x2 − 2) with x = −3 gives (−3) × ((−3)2 − 2) = −21. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 17, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 17, so f(x) = 17. Put the rule in for f(x).2x + 5 = 17
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = 12
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = 6
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 6
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(6) = 2 × 6 + 5 = 17. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = −3, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is −3, so f(x) = −3. Put the rule in for f(x).2x + 5 = −3
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = −8
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = −4
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = −4
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(−4) = 2 × (−4) + 5 = −3. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 0, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 0, so f(x) = 0. Put the rule in for f(x).2x + 5 = 0
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = −5
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = −52
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = −2.5
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(−2.5) = 2 × (−2.5) + 5 = 0. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 4.5, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 4.5, so f(x) = 4.5. Put the rule in for f(x).2x + 5 = 4.5
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = −12
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = −14
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = −0.25
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(−0.25) = 2 × (−0.25) + 5 = 4.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve g(x) = 18, put the rule in for g(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 18, so g(x) = 18. Put the rule in for g(x).x2 − 7 = 18
- Add 7 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 7 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 7 is adding 7. Do it to both sides.x2 = 25
- Take the square root of both sides. Remember the positive and negative roots. Both 5 and −5 square to give 25.x = 5 or x = −5
- Finish each equation. Solve each of the two equations with inverse operations.x = 5
x = −5
Check. Put each solution back into the function: g(−5) = (−5)2 − 7 = 18; g(5) = 52 − 7 = 18. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve g(x) = 9, put the rule in for g(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 9, so g(x) = 9. Put the rule in for g(x).x2 − 7 = 9
- Add 7 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 7 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 7 is adding 7. Do it to both sides.x2 = 16
- Take the square root of both sides. Remember the positive and negative roots. Both 4 and −4 square to give 16.x = 4 or x = −4
- Finish each equation. Solve each of the two equations with inverse operations.x = 4
x = −4
Check. Put each solution back into the function: g(−4) = (−4)2 − 7 = 9; g(4) = 42 − 7 = 9. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve g(x) = −7, put the rule in for g(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is −7, so g(x) = −7. Put the rule in for g(x).x2 − 7 = −7
- Add 7 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 7 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 7 is adding 7. Do it to both sides.x2 = 0
- Take the square root of both sides. Remember the positive and negative roots. Both 0 and −0 square to give 0.x = 0 or x = −0
- Finish each equation. Solve each of the two equations with inverse operations.x = 0
x = 0
Check. Put each solution back into the function: g(0) = 02 − 7 = −7. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 10, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 10, so f(x) = 10. Put the rule in for f(x).x2 + 3x = 10
- Move everything to one side so that the other side is 0. To factorise, a quadratic equation must equal 0. Subtract 10 from both sides.x2 + 3x − 10 = 0
- Factorise the quadratic. If two things multiply to give 0, at least one of them must be 0. Factorising turns the equation into a product that equals 0.(x − 2)(x + 5) = 0
- Set each bracket equal to 0 and solve. One bracket must be 0.x − 2 = 0 ⇒ x = 2
x + 5 = 0 ⇒ x = −5 - Write the solutions. A quadratic equation can have two solutions, so give both.x = −5 or x = 2
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(−5) = (−5)2 + 3 × (−5) = 10; f(2) = 22 + 3 × 2 = 10. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 6, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 6, so f(x) = 6. Put the rule in for f(x).24x = 6
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by 6 leaves x on its own.24 = 6x
4 = x - Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 4
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(4) = 244 = 6. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = −3, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is −3, so f(x) = −3. Put the rule in for f(x).24x = −3
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by −3 leaves x on its own.24 = −3x
−8 = x - Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = −8
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(−8) = 24(−8) = −3. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 0.5, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 0.5, so f(x) = 0.5. Put the rule in for f(x).24x = 0.5
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by 12 leaves x on its own.24 = 12x
48 = x - Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 48
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(48) = 2448 = 0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. C(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.C(x) = 1.8x + 2.5
- Replace every x with 7. The number inside the bracket of C(7) is the input, so it goes where the x was.C(7) = 1.8 × 7 + 2.5
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 12.6 + 2.5
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 15.1
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 15.1. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve C(x) = 24.1, put the rule in for C(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 24.1, so C(x) = 24.1. Put the rule in for C(x).1.8x + 2.5 = 24.1
- Subtract 2.5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 2.5 is added. The opposite of adding 2.5 is subtracting 2.5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.1.8x = 21.6
- Multiply both sides by 5. The expression is being divided by 5. The opposite of dividing by 5 is multiplying by 5.9x = 108
- Divide both sides by 9. The unknown part is being multiplied by 9. The opposite of multiplying by 9 is dividing by 9.x = 12
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 12
Check. Put each solution back into the function: C(12) = 1.8 × 12 + 2.5 = 24.1. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. F(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.F(x) = 1.8x + 32
- Replace every x with 100. The number inside the bracket of F(100) is the input, so it goes where the x was.F(100) = 1.8 × 100 + 32
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 180 + 32
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 212
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 212. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. F(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.F(x) = 1.8x + 32
- Replace every x with −10, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of F(−10) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.F(−10) = 1.8 × (−10) + 32
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= −18 + 32
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 14
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 14. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve F(x) = 50, put the rule in for F(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 50, so F(x) = 50. Put the rule in for F(x).1.8x + 32 = 50
- Subtract 32 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 32 is added. The opposite of adding 32 is subtracting 32. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.1.8x = 18
- Multiply both sides by 5. The expression is being divided by 5. The opposite of dividing by 5 is multiplying by 5.9x = 90
- Divide both sides by 9. The unknown part is being multiplied by 9. The opposite of multiplying by 9 is dividing by 9.x = 10
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 10
Check. Put each solution back into the function: F(10) = 1.8 × 10 + 32 = 50. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Method. To find g(a + 2), replace x in the rule by a + 2 (in brackets) and simplify.
- Write the function. g(x) is a rule for the input x. If the input is something else, we put that in the same places.g(x) = 3x − 1
- Replace every x with a + 2. The whole expression in the brackets of g(a + 2) is the input. Use brackets round it.g(a + 2) = 3(a + 2) − 1
- Expand any brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time. For a squared bracket, multiply the bracket by itself.3(a + 2) = 3a + 6
- Collect like terms. Add together the terms with the same power of the letter.g(a + 2) = 3a + 5
Check. Test with a = 2: the input is 2 + 2 = 4, and the original rule gives 11. The answer gives 3 × 2 + 5 = 11. They agree. ✓
Watch out. Replace every x, and expand squares properly: (x + 1)² is (x + 1)(x + 1), not x² + 1.
Method. To find g(2a), replace x in the rule by 2a (in brackets) and simplify.
- Write the function. g(x) is a rule for the input x. If the input is something else, we put that in the same places.g(x) = 3x − 1
- Replace every x with 2a. The whole expression in the brackets of g(2a) is the input. Use brackets round it.g(2a) = 3(2a) − 1
- Expand any brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time. For a squared bracket, multiply the bracket by itself.3(2a) = 6a
- Collect like terms. Add together the terms with the same power of the letter.g(2a) = 6a − 1
Check. Test with a = 2: the input is 2 × 2 = 4, and the original rule gives 11. The answer gives 6 × 2 − 1 = 11. They agree. ✓
Watch out. Replace every x, and expand squares properly: (x + 1)² is (x + 1)(x + 1), not x² + 1.
Method. To find g(a2), replace x in the rule by a2 (in brackets) and simplify.
- Write the function. g(x) is a rule for the input x. If the input is something else, we put that in the same places.g(x) = 3x − 1
- Replace every x with a2. The whole expression in the brackets of g(a2) is the input. Use brackets round it.g(a2) = 3(a2) − 1
- Expand any brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time. For a squared bracket, multiply the bracket by itself.3(a2) = 3a2
- Collect like terms. Add together the terms with the same power of the letter.g(a2) = 3a2 − 1
Check. Test with a = 2: the input is 22 = 4, and the original rule gives 11. The answer gives 3 × 22 − 1 = 11. They agree. ✓
Watch out. Replace every x, and expand squares properly: (x + 1)² is (x + 1)(x + 1), not x² + 1.
Method. Work out each side of each statement with numbers and compare.
- Work out f(3). Substitute 3.f(3) = 32 + 2 = 9 + 2 = 11
- Work out f(−3). Brackets round −3: a negative squared is positive.f(−3) = (−3)2 + 2 = 9 + 2 = 11
- Compare for f. f(−3) = 11 = f(3). ✓
- Work out g(3) and g(−3). A negative cubed is negative.g(3) = 27 and g(−3) = (−3)3 = −27
- Compare for g. g(−3) = −27 = −g(3). ✓
Check. Dev’s statements are both true. ✓
Watch out. Squaring removes the sign, cubing keeps it. That is why the two functions behave differently.
Method. Write each of the two outputs using a, then subtract and simplify. The as should cancel.
- Find f(a + 2). Replace x by (a + 2).f(a + 2) = 2(a + 2) + 3 = 2a + 4 + 3 = 2a + 7
- Find f(a). Replace x by a.f(a) = 2a + 3
- Subtract. Put brackets round the second so that the signs of all its terms change.(2a + 7) − (2a + 3) = 2a + 7 − 2a − 3
- Simplify. The 2a terms cancel, leaving the numbers.= 4
Check. Test with a = 5: f(7) = 17 and f(5) = 13, and 17 − 13 = 4. ✓
Watch out. The 4 does not depend on a. That is because the graph is a straight line of gradient 2, so moving the input by 2 always moves the output by 4.
Method. Try to solve the equation and see what happens.
- Write the equation. x2 + 1 = 0
- Subtract 1 from both sides. x2 = −1
- Think about squares. Any real number squared is zero or positive: (−2)2 = 4, 32 = 9, 02 = 0. No real number has a square of −1.So x2 = −1 is impossible.
- Conclude. The smallest value of x2 is 0, so the smallest value of g(x) is 1.g(x) is always at least 1, so it is never 0.
Check. Try some inputs: g(0) = 1, g(1) = 2, g(−1) = 2. None is 0. ✓
Watch out. A square can never be negative, so do not try to take the square root of a negative number.
Method. Substitute each input into the rule to make two equations, then solve them together (simultaneous equations).
- Use f(2) = 7. Put 2 in place of x and set the output equal to 7.2a + b = 7 (1)
- Use f(5) = 16. Put 5 in place of x.5a + b = 16 (2)
- Subtract equation (1) from equation (2). This removes b.3a = 9, so a = 3
- Find b. Put a = 3 into equation (1).2 × 3 + b = 7, so b = 1
Check. f(x) = 3x + 1: f(2) = 7 and f(5) = 16. ✓
Watch out. Each piece of information gives one equation. Two unknowns need two equations.
Inverse functions
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Some jobs can be undone. If you put your socks on and then your shoes, to undo it you take your shoes off first and then your socks. A function can be undone in the same way. The inverse function of f, written f−1, takes the output of f and returns the original input. If f(4) = 7 then f−1(7) = 4.
Method 1: reverse the machine. Write down what f does to x in order: “multiply by 3, then subtract 5”. The inverse does the opposite operations in the opposite order: “add 5, then divide by 3”. So f−1(x) = (x + 5) ÷ 3.
Method 2: algebra. This works for every function. (1) Write y = f(x). (2) Rearrange the equation to make x the subject, using the same steps you used to rearrange formulae in Chapter 8. (3) Replace y by x in the answer, because the input of a function is normally called x. For y = 3x − 5 we get y + 5 = 3x, so x = (y + 5) ÷ 3, and f−1(x) = (x + 5) ÷ 3. When x appears twice, such as in f(x) = (2x + 1) ÷ (x − 3), multiply out the fraction first, collect all the x terms on one side and factorise.
Finding one value. To find f−1(7) you do not need the whole inverse. It is the input that f turns into 7, so just solve f(x) = 7.
The graph of the inverse. If (a, b) is on the graph of y = f(x), then (b, a) is on the graph of y = f−1(x), because the roles of input and output swap. So the two graphs are reflections of each other in the line y = x.
Not every function has an inverse. If two different inputs give the same output, the inverse would not know which one to return. For example g(x) = x2 sends both 3 and −3 to 9. To make an inverse we restrict the inputs, for instance to x ≥ 0, and then g−1(x) = √x. The questions in this chapter will say when this is needed.
Key ideas
- The inverse function f−1 undoes f: if f(a) = b then f−1(b) = a.
- To find it: write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap y for x. Or reverse the machine: opposite operations, opposite order.
- To find f−1(b) for one value, solve f(x) = b.
- The graph of y = f−1(x) is the reflection of y = f(x) in the line y = x.
- f−1(x) does not mean 1 ÷ f(x).
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 3x − 5
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.3x − 5 = y
- Add 5 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 5 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 5 is adding 5. Do it to both sides.3x = y + 5
- Divide both sides by 3. The unknown part is being multiplied by 3. The opposite of multiplying by 3 is dividing by 3.x = y + 53
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y + 53
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x + 53
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 1. Then f−1(1) = 13 + 53 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 2x + 13
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.2x + 13 = y
- Multiply both sides by 3. The expression is being divided by 3. The opposite of dividing by 3 is multiplying by 3.2x + 1 = 3y
- Subtract 1 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 1 is added. The opposite of adding 1 is subtracting 1. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = 3y − 1
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = 3y − 12
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 3y − 12
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 3x − 12
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 53. Then f−1(53) = 3 × 532 − 12 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 8x − 1
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.8x − 1 = y
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x − 1 removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by y leaves x − 1 on its own.8 = y(x − 1)
8y = x − 1 - Add 1 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 1 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 1 is adding 1. Do it to both sides.x = y + 8y
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y + 8y
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x + 8x
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 8. Then f−1(8) = 88 + 1 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = (x − 2)3 + 1
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.(x − 2)3 + 1 = y
- Subtract 1 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 1 is added. The opposite of adding 1 is subtracting 1. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.(x − 2)3 = y − 1
- Take the cube root of both sides. The opposite of cubing is the cube root.x − 2 = ∛(y − 1)
- Add 2 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 2 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 2 is adding 2. Do it to both sides.x = ∛(y − 1) + 2
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = ∛(y − 1) + 2
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = ∛(x − 1) + 2
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 1. Then f−1(1) = ∛(1 − 1) + 2 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Method. Rearrange y = f(x) to make x the subject. When x appears twice, multiply out the fraction, collect the x terms and factorise.
- Write the function as y = … This time x appears twice (top and bottom), so we cannot simply undo operations one by one. We will rearrange carefully.y = 2x + 1x − 3
- Multiply both sides by the bottom. This removes the fraction.y(x − 3) = 2x + 1
- Expand the bracket. Multiply y by each term inside.xy − 3y = 2x + 1
- Get all the x terms on one side and everything else on the other. We need x on its own eventually, so collect the terms containing x together.xy − 2x = 3y + 1
- Factorise the left side. Take x out as a common factor so that x appears only once.x(y − 2) = 3y + 1
- Divide both sides by the bracket. This leaves x on its own.x = 3y + 1y − 2
- Swap the letters. Write x for the input of the inverse function.f−1(x) = 3x + 1x − 2
Check. Test: f(4) = 9, and f−1(9) = 4, the number we started with. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget that y multiplies both terms of the bracket when you expand.
Watch out
Do not confuse f−1(x) with 1 ÷ f(x). They are different: for f(x) = 3x − 5, f−1(x) = (x + 5) ÷ 3 but 1 ÷ f(x) = 1 ÷ (3x − 5). Also, when rearranging, divide or add to the whole of the other side: x = (y + 5) ÷ 3, not y + 5 ÷ 3.Exercise 25B Inverse functions
Non-calculatorKey words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = x + 7
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.x + 7 = y
- Subtract 7 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 7 is added. The opposite of adding 7 is subtracting 7. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x = y − 7
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y − 7
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x − 7
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 9. Then f−1(9) = 9 − 7 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 5x
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.5x = y
- Divide both sides by 5. The unknown part is being multiplied by 5. The opposite of multiplying by 5 is dividing by 5.x = y5
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y5
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x5
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 10. Then f−1(10) = 105 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = x3
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.x3 = y
- Multiply both sides by 3. The expression is being divided by 3. The opposite of dividing by 3 is multiplying by 3.x = 3y
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 3y
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 3x
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 23. Then f−1(23) = 3 × 23 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = −x + 10
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.−x + 10 = y
- Subtract 10 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 10 is added. The opposite of adding 10 is subtracting 10. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.−x = y − 10
- Multiply both sides by −1. The part with the unknown is being multiplied by −1, so multiply by −1 again to undo it (every sign flips).x = −y + 10
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = −y + 10
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = −x + 10
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 8. Then f−1(8) = −8 + 10 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 2x + 3
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.2x + 3 = y
- Subtract 3 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 3 is added. The opposite of adding 3 is subtracting 3. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = y − 3
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = y − 32
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y − 32
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x − 32
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 7. Then f−1(7) = 72 − 32 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 3x − 4
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.3x − 4 = y
- Add 4 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 4 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 4 is adding 4. Do it to both sides.3x = y + 4
- Divide both sides by 3. The unknown part is being multiplied by 3. The opposite of multiplying by 3 is dividing by 3.x = y + 43
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y + 43
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x + 43
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 2. Then f−1(2) = 23 + 43 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = x − 25
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.x − 25 = y
- Multiply both sides by 5. The expression is being divided by 5. The opposite of dividing by 5 is multiplying by 5.x − 2 = 5y
- Add 2 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 2 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 2 is adding 2. Do it to both sides.x = 5y + 2
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 5y + 2
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 5x + 2
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 0. Then f−1(0) = 5 × 0 + 2 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 4(x + 1)
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.4(x + 1) = y
- Divide both sides by 4. The unknown part is being multiplied by 4. The opposite of multiplying by 4 is dividing by 4.x + 1 = y4
- Subtract 1 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 1 is added. The opposite of adding 1 is subtracting 1. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x = y − 44
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y − 44
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x − 44
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 12. Then f−1(12) = 124 − 1 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Method. Reverse every operation and put them in the reverse order.
- Read the machine. First multiply by 4, then subtract 1.x → × 4 → − 1 → f(x)
- Reverse the order. The last operation is undone first.last was − 1, then × 4
- Use the opposite operation for each. The opposite of subtracting 1 is adding 1. The opposite of multiplying by 4 is dividing by 4.
- Write the rule. Add 1 to x, then divide the whole result by 4.f−1(x) = (x + 1) ÷ 4
Check. f(3) = 4 × 3 − 1 = 11. Then f−1(11) = (11 + 1) ÷ 4 = 3, the number we started with. ✓
Watch out. Both the operations and their order must be reversed.
Method. To find f⁻¹(7) without finding the whole inverse function, solve f(x) = 7.
- Understand what is being asked. f−1(7) is the number that the function f turns into 7. So it is the input x for which the output f(x) equals 7.f−1(7) = the value of x that makes f(x) = 7
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 7, so f(x) = 7. Put the rule in for f(x).4x − 1 = 7
- Add 1 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 1 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 1 is adding 1. Do it to both sides.4x = 8
- Divide both sides by 4. The unknown part is being multiplied by 4. The opposite of multiplying by 4 is dividing by 4.x = 2
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 2
Check. Test it: f(2) = 4 × 2 − 1 = 7, so f sends 2 to 7, and the inverse sends 7 back to 2. ✓
Watch out. It is easy to work out f(7) by mistake. f⁻¹(7) asks for the input that gives 7.
Method. To find f⁻¹(−5) without finding the whole inverse function, solve f(x) = −5.
- Understand what is being asked. f−1(−5) is the number that the function f turns into −5. So it is the input x for which the output f(x) equals −5.f−1(−5) = the value of x that makes f(x) = −5
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is −5, so f(x) = −5. Put the rule in for f(x).4x − 1 = −5
- Add 1 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 1 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 1 is adding 1. Do it to both sides.4x = −4
- Divide both sides by 4. The unknown part is being multiplied by 4. The opposite of multiplying by 4 is dividing by 4.x = −1
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = −1
Check. Test it: f(−1) = 4 × (−1) − 1 = −5, so f sends −1 to −5, and the inverse sends −5 back to −1. ✓
Watch out. It is easy to work out f(7) by mistake. f⁻¹(7) asks for the input that gives 7.
Method. To find f⁻¹(0) without finding the whole inverse function, solve f(x) = 0.
- Understand what is being asked. f−1(0) is the number that the function f turns into 0. So it is the input x for which the output f(x) equals 0.f−1(0) = the value of x that makes f(x) = 0
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 0, so f(x) = 0. Put the rule in for f(x).4x − 1 = 0
- Add 1 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 1 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 1 is adding 1. Do it to both sides.4x = 1
- Divide both sides by 4. The unknown part is being multiplied by 4. The opposite of multiplying by 4 is dividing by 4.x = 14
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 0.25
Check. Test it: f(0.25) = 4 × 0.25 − 1 = 0, so f sends 0.25 to 0, and the inverse sends 0 back to 0.25. ✓
Watch out. It is easy to work out f(7) by mistake. f⁻¹(7) asks for the input that gives 7.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 8x
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.8x = y
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by y leaves x on its own.8 = yx
8y = x - Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 8y
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 8x
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 4. Then f−1(4) = 84 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 6x − 2
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.6x − 2 = y
- Add 2 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 2 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 2 is adding 2. Do it to both sides.6x = y + 2
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by y + 2 leaves x on its own.6 = y + 2x
6y + 2 = x - Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 6y + 2
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 6x + 2
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 1. Then f−1(1) = 61 + 2 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 4x + 1
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.4x + 1 = y
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x + 1 removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by y leaves x + 1 on its own.4 = y(x + 1)
4y = x + 1 - Subtract 1 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 1 is added. The opposite of adding 1 is subtracting 1. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x = −y + 4y
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = −y + 4y
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = −x + 4x
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 43. Then f−1(43) = 443 − 1 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 32x
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.32x = y
- The unknown is on the bottom of the fraction: multiply both sides by it, then divide both sides by the other side. Multiplying both sides by x removes the fraction. Then dividing both sides by y leaves x on its own.32 = yx
32y = x - Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 32y
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 32x
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 0.75. Then f−1(0.75) = 32 × 0.75 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = x2 + 3
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.x2 + 3 = y
- Subtract 3 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 3 is added. The opposite of adding 3 is subtracting 3. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x2 = y − 3
- Take the square root of both sides. The opposite of squaring is the square root. (Because the function is only used for x ≥ 0, we take the positive root.)x = √(y − 3)
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = √(y − 3)
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = √(x − 3)
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 7. Then f−1(7) = √(7 − 3) = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = (x − 1)2
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.(x − 1)2 = y
- Take the square root of both sides. The opposite of squaring is the square root. (Because the function is only used for x − 1 ≥ 0, we take the positive root.)x − 1 = √y
- Add 1 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 1 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 1 is adding 1. Do it to both sides.x = √y + 1
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = √y + 1
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = √x + 1
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 1. Then f−1(1) = √1 + 1 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = √(x + 4)
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.√(x + 4) = y
- Square both sides. The opposite of a square root is squaring.x + 4 = y2
- Subtract 4 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 4 is added. The opposite of adding 4 is subtracting 4. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x = y2 − 4
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y2 − 4
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x2 − 4
Check. Test with a number: f(1) = 527759236021. Then f−1(527759236021) = 5277592360212 − 4 = 1, which takes us back to the input 1. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = x3 − 1
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.x3 − 1 = y
- Add 1 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 1 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 1 is adding 1. Do it to both sides.x3 = y + 1
- Take the cube root of both sides. The opposite of cubing is the cube root.x = ∛(y + 1)
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = ∛(y + 1)
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = ∛(x + 1)
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 7. Then f−1(7) = ∛(7 + 1) = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 3(x − 2) + 1
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.3(x − 2) + 1 = y
- Subtract 1 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 1 is added. The opposite of adding 1 is subtracting 1. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.3(x − 2) = y − 1
- Divide both sides by 3. The unknown part is being multiplied by 3. The opposite of multiplying by 3 is dividing by 3.x − 2 = y − 13
- Add 2 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 2 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 2 is adding 2. Do it to both sides.x = y + 53
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y + 53
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x + 53
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 1. Then f−1(1) = 13 + 53 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = −2x + 5
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.−2x + 5 = y
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.−2x = y − 5
- Divide both sides by −2. The unknown part is being multiplied by −2. The opposite of multiplying by −2 is dividing by −2.x = −y + 52
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = −y + 52
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = −x + 52
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 1. Then f−1(1) = −12 + 52 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = (x + 2)3
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.(x + 2)3 = y
- Take the cube root of both sides. The opposite of cubing is the cube root.x + 2 = ∛y
- Subtract 2 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 2 is added. The opposite of adding 2 is subtracting 2. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x = ∛y − 2
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = ∛y − 2
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = ∛x − 2
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 64. Then f−1(64) = ∛64 − 2 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = x + 42
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.x + 42 = y
- Multiply both sides by 2. The expression is being divided by 2. The opposite of dividing by 2 is multiplying by 2.x + 4 = 2y
- Subtract 4 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 4 is added. The opposite of adding 4 is subtracting 4. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x = 2y − 4
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 2y − 4
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 2x − 4
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 3. Then f−1(3) = 2 × 3 − 4 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Method. Rearrange y = f(x) to make x the subject. When x appears twice, multiply out the fraction, collect the x terms and factorise.
- Write the function as y = … This time x appears twice (top and bottom), so we cannot simply undo operations one by one. We will rearrange carefully.y = 3x + 1x − 2
- Multiply both sides by the bottom. This removes the fraction.y(x − 2) = 3x + 1
- Expand the bracket. Multiply y by each term inside.xy − 2y = 3x + 1
- Get all the x terms on one side and everything else on the other. We need x on its own eventually, so collect the terms containing x together.xy − 3x = 2y + 1
- Factorise the left side. Take x out as a common factor so that x appears only once.x(y − 3) = 2y + 1
- Divide both sides by the bracket. This leaves x on its own.x = 2y + 1y − 3
- Swap the letters. Write x for the input of the inverse function.f−1(x) = 2x + 1x − 3
Check. Test: f(3) = 10, and f−1(10) = 3, the number we started with. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget that y multiplies both terms of the bracket when you expand.
Method. Rearrange y = f(x) to make x the subject. When x appears twice, multiply out the fraction, collect the x terms and factorise.
- Write the function as y = … This time x appears twice (top and bottom), so we cannot simply undo operations one by one. We will rearrange carefully.y = 2x − 1x + 3
- Multiply both sides by the bottom. This removes the fraction.y(x + 3) = 2x − 1
- Expand the bracket. Multiply y by each term inside.xy + 3y = 2x − 1
- Get all the x terms on one side and everything else on the other. We need x on its own eventually, so collect the terms containing x together.xy − 2x = −3y − 1
- Factorise the left side. Take x out as a common factor so that x appears only once.x(y − 2) = −3y − 1
- Divide both sides by the bracket. This leaves x on its own.x = −3y − 1y − 2
- Swap the letters. Write x for the input of the inverse function.f−1(x) = −3x − 1x − 2
Check. Test: f(3) = 56, and f−1(56) = 3, the number we started with. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget that y multiplies both terms of the bracket when you expand.
Method. Rearrange y = f(x) to make x the subject. When x appears twice, multiply out the fraction, collect the x terms and factorise.
- Write the function as y = … This time x appears twice (top and bottom), so we cannot simply undo operations one by one. We will rearrange carefully.y = xx + 1
- Multiply both sides by the bottom. This removes the fraction.y(x + 1) = x
- Expand the bracket. Multiply y by each term inside.xy + y = x
- Get all the x terms on one side and everything else on the other. We need x on its own eventually, so collect the terms containing x together.xy − x = −y
- Factorise the left side. Take x out as a common factor so that x appears only once.x(y − 1) = −y
- Divide both sides by the bracket. This leaves x on its own.x = −yy − 1
- Swap the letters. Write x for the input of the inverse function.f−1(x) = −xx − 1
Check. Test: f(3) = 0.75, and f−1(0.75) = 3, the number we started with. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget that y multiplies both terms of the bracket when you expand.
Method. The two graphs are mirror images of each other in one line. Find the line through points that have equal x and y coordinates.
- Look at the dashed line. It passes through (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2), (−3, −3).every point has x = y
- Write the equation. y = x
Check. The point (1, 3) on the blue graph reflects to (3, 1) on the orange graph, and the line half-way between is y = x. ✓
Method. Read the blue graph at x = 2. An inverse swaps inputs and outputs.
- Read f(2). The blue line passes through (2, 5).f(2) = 5
- Swap input and output. Since f turns 2 into 5, the inverse turns 5 back into 2. The orange line passes through (5, 2).f−1(5) = 2
Check. Check with the rule: 2 × 2 + 1 = 5. ✓
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 2x + 1
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.2x + 1 = y
- Subtract 1 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 1 is added. The opposite of adding 1 is subtracting 1. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = y − 1
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = y − 12
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = y − 12
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = x − 12
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 5. Then f−1(5) = 52 − 12 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Method. This is finding the inverse of the function: undo the operations in reverse order.
- Subtract 32 from both sides. The last thing done to 1.8C was adding 32.F − 32 = 1.8C
- Divide both sides by 1.8. The C is multiplied by 1.8.C = (F − 32) ÷ 1.8
- Put in F = 68. C = (68 − 32) ÷ 1.8 = 36 ÷ 1.8 = 20
Check. Convert back: 1.8 × 20 + 32 = 36 + 32 = 68. ✓
Watch out. Subtract 32 before dividing by 1.8, and divide the whole of (F − 32).
Method. The inverse takes a cost and returns the distance. Rearrange to make the distance the subject, then put in the cost.
- Write the cost as c = 3 + 2.5d. Call the cost c.c = 2.5d + 3
- Subtract 3 from both sides. Remove the fixed fee first.c − 3 = 2.5d
- Divide both sides by 2.5. Find the number of miles.d = (c − 3) ÷ 2.5
- Put in c = 21. d = (21 − 3) ÷ 2.5 = 18 ÷ 2.5 = 7.2
Check. Cost for 7.2 miles = 3 + 2.5 × 7.2 = 3 + 18 = 21. ✓
Watch out. Take away the fixed fee before dividing by the cost per mile.
Method. An inverse must give exactly one input for each output. See whether that is possible.
- Find two inputs that give the same output. Squaring removes the sign.g(3) = 9 and g(−3) = 9
- Think about undoing it. The inverse would have to turn 9 back into the input, but it could be 3 or −3: it would have two answers, and a function must give only one output.The inverse of 9 is not a single value.
- Say how to fix it. Restrict the inputs to x ≥ 0. Then each output comes from only one input, and the inverse is the positive square root.For x ≥ 0: g−1(x) = √x
Check. On the graph of y = x2 a horizontal line at height 9 crosses the curve twice. ✓
Watch out. Draw the graph. If a horizontal line can cross it twice, the function has no inverse (without restricting the inputs).
Method. Find the inverse using algebra and compare it with f.
- Write y = f(x). y = 6x
- Multiply both sides by x. This removes x from the bottom.xy = 6
- Divide both sides by y. This leaves x alone.x = 6y
- Swap the letters. f−1(x) = 6x
- Compare. This is exactly the same rule as f(x).f−1(x) = f(x), so f is self-inverse.
Check. f(2) = 3 and f(3) = 2. Applying f twice returns the original number. ✓
Watch out. A self-inverse function has a graph that is symmetrical about the line y = x, like the hyperbola y = 6/x.
Method. If f is its own inverse then applying it twice gives back x: f(f(x)) = x.
- Write f(f(x)). Replace the x in f by f(x) = kx + 6.f(f(x)) = k(kx + 6) + 6
- Expand. k2x + 6k + 6
- Set equal to x. For every x, so the x terms match and the number terms match.k2x + 6k + 6 = x
- Compare the x terms. k2 = 1, so k = 1 or k = −1
- Compare the number terms. There must be nothing left over.6k + 6 = 0, so k = −1
- Choose the value that satisfies both. k = 1 would give 6 + 6 = 12, not 0.k = −1
Check. f(x) = 6 − x. Then f(f(x)) = 6 − (6 − x) = x. ✓
Watch out. Both the x-terms and the number terms must match.
Method. f⁻¹(4) is the input that gives output 4, so solve f(x) = 4. Then use the formula for the inverse as a second route.
- Write the equation f(x) = 4. 2x + 3x − 1 = 4
- Multiply both sides by (x − 1). This clears the fraction.2x + 3 = 4(x − 1)
- Expand the bracket. 2x + 3 = 4x − 4
- Collect terms. Subtract 2x from both sides and add 4 to both sides.7 = 2x
- Divide by 2. x = 3.5
- Confirm with the inverse function. Put 4 into the given formula for f−1.f−1(4) = 4 + 34 − 2 = 3.5
Check. f(3.5) = (2 × 3.5 + 3) ÷ (3.5 − 1) = 10 ÷ 2.5 = 4. ✓
Watch out. Two different methods giving the same answer is the best check.
Composite functions
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A composite function is made by joining two functions: the output of the first becomes the input of the second. Suppose g(x) = x + 2 and f(x) = 3x. If we send a number through g and then straight into f, we have one new function.
We write this composite function as fg(x), which means f(g(x)). Be careful about the order. The function nearest the x acts first. So fg(x) means “do g, then do f”. It is read from right to left, which feels backwards at first.
With a number. To find fg(4), first work out g(4) = 4 + 2 = 6, then put the 6 into f: f(6) = 18. So fg(4) = 18.
With algebra. To find fg(x) as one rule, replace the x in f by the whole of g(x), in brackets: f(x) = 3x becomes 3(x + 2) = 3x + 6. So fg(x) = 3x + 6. Check: 3 × 4 + 6 = 18. ✓
The order matters. If we do it the other way, gf(x) = g(f(x)) = 3x + 2, which is a different function. Usually fg and gf are not equal. A function composed with itself is written ff(x) or f2(x).
Solving. To solve an equation such as fg(x) = 20, first build the single function fg(x), then solve it like any other equation.
Inverse of a composite. To undo “do g, then f” you must undo f first and then g. So (fg)−1 = g−1f−1. The order reverses, just like taking off your shoes and then your socks.
Key ideas
- fg(x) means f(g(x)): do g first, then f.
- For a number: work out the inside first, then put that answer into the outside function.
- For algebra: replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function (in brackets), expand and simplify.
- fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. ff(x) means f applied twice.
- To solve fg(x) = k: find fg(x) first, then solve the equation.
- (fg)−1 = g−1f−1: the order reverses.
Method. Work from the inside out: put the number into the function nearest it, then put that answer into the other function.
- Remember what fg(3) means. The function nearest the number, g, is applied first. Its output is then used as the input to f.fg(3) = f(g(3))
- Work out the inside: g(3). Put 3 into g.g(3) = 32 = 9
- Use that answer as the input to f: work out f(9). The output 9 goes into f.f(9) = 3 × 9 − 2 = 25
- Write the answer. fg(3) = 25
Check. Another way: find fg(x) = 3x2 − 2 first, then put in 3: 3 × 32 − 2 = 25. ✓
Watch out. fg(3) is not f(3) × g(3). It means f of (g of 3).
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x2 − 1
f(x) = 2x + 3 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x2 − 1. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 2(x2 − 1) + 3
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.2(x2 − 1) = 2x2 − 2
- Simplify. Collect like terms.fg(x) = 2x2 + 1
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 3, then f(3) = 9. The answer gives 2 × 22 + 1 = 9. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. gf(x) means: do f first, then g. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what gf(x) means. gf(x) is the same as g(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gf(x) = g(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = 2x + 3
g(x) = x2 − 1 - Put f(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with 2x + 3. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gf(x) = (2x + 3)2 − 1
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.(2x + 3)2 = 4x2 + 12x + 9
- Simplify. Collect like terms.gf(x) = 4x2 + 12x + 8
Check. Test with x = 2: f(2) = 7, then g(7) = 48. The answer gives 4 × 22 + 12 × 2 + 8 = 48. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Method. First find fg(x) by putting the inner function into the outer one. Then solve fg(x) = 32 as an ordinary equation.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x2 + 2
f(x) = 3x − 1 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x2 + 2. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 3(x2 + 2) − 1
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.3(x2 + 2) = 3x2 + 6
- Simplify. Collect like terms.fg(x) = 3x2 + 5
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 32, so fg(x) = 32. Put the rule in for fg(x).3x2 + 5 = 32
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.3x2 = 27
- Divide both sides by 3. The unknown part is being multiplied by 3. The opposite of multiplying by 3 is dividing by 3.x2 = 9
- Take the square root of both sides. Remember the positive and negative roots. Both 3 and −3 square to give 9.x = 3 or x = −3
- Finish each equation. Solve each of the two equations with inverse operations.x = 3
x = −3
Check. Test: fg(−3) = 3 × (−3)2 + 5 = 32; fg(3) = 3 × 32 + 5 = 32. ✓
Watch out. Do not put the number k into the functions one at a time. Build the single function first.
Method. Find fg(x), then invert it. Then find the two separate inverses and compose them in the reverse order.
- Find fg(x). Replace the x in f by g(x) = 3x.fg(x) = 3x + 2
- Invert it: y = 3x + 2. Subtract 2 from both sides, then divide by 3.y − 2 = 3x ⇒ x = y − 23
- Write the inverse. (fg)−1(x) = x − 23
- Find the inverses of f and g separately. Reverse each operation.f−1(x) = x − 2 and g−1(x) = x ÷ 3
- Compose in the reverse order: g−1f−1(x). First undo f (subtract 2), then undo g (divide by 3).g−1(x − 2) = (x − 2) ÷ 3 = x − 23
- Compare. The two answers are the same.(fg)−1 = g−1f−1 ✓
Check. fg(5) = 3 × 5 + 2 = 17, and (fg)−1(17) = (17 − 2) ÷ 3 = 5. ✓
Watch out. If you apply the inverses in the same order as the functions (f−1 first) you get a different, wrong answer.
Watch out
The function nearest the x acts first. fg(2) is not f(2) × g(2) and it is not g(f(2)). It is f(g(2)): work out g(2) first. And when you replace x in the outer function, put brackets round the inner function: 3(x + 2) = 3x + 6, but 3x + 2 is wrong.Exercise 25C Composite functions
Non-calculatorMethod. Work from the inside out: put the number into the function nearest it, then put that answer into the other function.
- Remember what fg(3) means. The function nearest the number, g, is applied first. Its output is then used as the input to f.fg(3) = f(g(3))
- Work out the inside: g(3). Put 3 into g.g(3) = 32 = 9
- Use that answer as the input to f: work out f(9). The output 9 goes into f.f(9) = 2 × 9 + 1 = 19
- Write the answer. fg(3) = 19
Check. Another way: find fg(x) = 2x2 + 1 first, then put in 3: 2 × 32 + 1 = 19. ✓
Watch out. fg(3) is not f(3) × g(3). It means f of (g of 3).
Method. Work from the inside out: put the number into the function nearest it, then put that answer into the other function.
- Remember what gf(3) means. The function nearest the number, f, is applied first. Its output is then used as the input to g.gf(3) = g(f(3))
- Work out the inside: f(3). Put 3 into f.f(3) = 2 × 3 + 1 = 7
- Use that answer as the input to g: work out g(7). The output 7 goes into g.g(7) = 72 = 49
- Write the answer. gf(3) = 49
Check. Another way: find gf(x) = 4x2 + 4x + 1 first, then put in 3: 4 × 32 + 4 × 3 + 1 = 49. ✓
Watch out. gf(3) is not g(3) × f(3). It means g of (f of 3).
Method. Work from the inside out: put the number into the function nearest it, then put that answer into the other function.
- Remember what ff(2) means. The function nearest the number, f, is applied first. Its output is then used as the input to f.ff(2) = f(f(2))
- Work out the inside: f(2). Put 2 into f.f(2) = 2 × 2 + 1 = 5
- Use that answer as the input to f: work out f(5). The output 5 goes into f.f(5) = 2 × 5 + 1 = 11
- Write the answer. ff(2) = 11
Check. Another way: find ff(x) = 4x + 3 first, then put in 2: 4 × 2 + 3 = 11. ✓
Watch out. ff(2) is not f(2) × f(2). It means f of (f of 2).
Method. Work from the inside out: put the number into the function nearest it, then put that answer into the other function.
- Remember what gg(−2) means. The function nearest the number, g, is applied first. Its output is then used as the input to g.gg(−2) = g(g(−2))
- Work out the inside: g(−2). Put −2 into g.g(−2) = (−2)2 = 4
- Use that answer as the input to g: work out g(4). The output 4 goes into g.g(4) = 42 = 16
- Write the answer. gg(−2) = 16
Check. Another way: find gg(x) = x4 first, then put in −2: (−2)4 = 16. ✓
Watch out. gg(−2) is not g(−2) × g(−2). It means g of (g of −2).
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = 3x
f(x) = x − 4 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with 3x. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 3x − 4
- Simplify. Write the answer in its simplest form.fg(x) = 3x − 4
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 6, then f(6) = 2. The answer gives 3 × 2 − 4 = 2. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. gf(x) means: do f first, then g. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what gf(x) means. gf(x) is the same as g(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gf(x) = g(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = x − 4
g(x) = 3x - Put f(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with x − 4. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gf(x) = 3(x − 4)
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.3(x − 4) = 3x − 12
- Simplify. Collect like terms.gf(x) = 3x − 12
Check. Test with x = 2: f(2) = −2, then g(−2) = −6. The answer gives 3 × 2 − 12 = −6. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x2 − 1
f(x) = x + 5 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x2 − 1. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = x2 − 1 + 5
- Simplify. Write the answer in its simplest form.fg(x) = x2 + 4
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 3, then f(3) = 8. The answer gives 22 + 4 = 8. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. gf(x) means: do f first, then g. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what gf(x) means. gf(x) is the same as g(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gf(x) = g(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = x + 5
g(x) = x2 − 1 - Put f(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with x + 5. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gf(x) = (x + 5)2 − 1
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.(x + 5)2 = x2 + 10x + 25
- Simplify. Collect like terms.gf(x) = x2 + 10x + 24
Check. Test with x = 2: f(2) = 7, then g(7) = 48. The answer gives 22 + 10 × 2 + 24 = 48. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x2
f(x) = 3x − 2 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x2. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 3(x2) − 2
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.3(x2) = 3x2
- Simplify. Collect like terms.fg(x) = 3x2 − 2
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 1, then f(1) = 1. The answer gives 3 × 22 − 2 = 1. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. gf(x) means: do f first, then g. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what gf(x) means. gf(x) is the same as g(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gf(x) = g(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = 3x − 2
g(x) = x2 - Put f(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with 3x − 2. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gf(x) = 3x − 22
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.3x − 22 = 3x2 − 1
- Simplify. Collect like terms.gf(x) = 3x2 − 1
Check. Test with x = 2: f(2) = 4, then g(4) = 2. The answer gives 3 × 22 − 1 = 2. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. ff(x) means: do f first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what ff(x) means. ff(x) is the same as f(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.ff(x) = f(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = 2x + 3
f(x) = 2x + 3 - Put f(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with 2x + 3. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.ff(x) = 2(2x + 3) + 3
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.2(2x + 3) = 4x + 6
- Simplify. Collect like terms.ff(x) = 4x + 9
Check. Test with x = 2: f(2) = 7, then f(7) = 17. The answer gives 4 × 2 + 9 = 17. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: ff(x) and ff(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. gg(x) means: do g first, then g. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what gg(x) means. gg(x) is the same as g(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gg(x) = g(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x2
g(x) = x2 - Put g(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with x2. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gg(x) = (x2)2
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.(x2)2 = x4
- Simplify. Collect like terms.gg(x) = x4
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 4, then g(4) = 16. The answer gives 24 = 16. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: gg(x) and gg(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. hh(x) means: do h first, then h. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what hh(x) means. hh(x) is the same as h(h(x)). The function written closest to the x (h) is applied first, then h is applied to the result.hh(x) = h(h(x))
- Write down the two functions. h(x) = −2x + 1
h(x) = −2x + 1 - Put h(x) into h: replace the x in h(x) with −2x + 1. h(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of h. Use brackets.hh(x) = −2(−2x + 1) + 1
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.−2(−2x + 1) = 4x − 2
- Simplify. Collect like terms.hh(x) = 4x − 1
Check. Test with x = 2: h(2) = −3, then h(−3) = 7. The answer gives 4 × 2 − 1 = 7. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: hh(x) and hh(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Method. First find fg(x) by putting the inner function into the outer one. Then solve fg(x) = 9 as an ordinary equation.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x − 3
f(x) = 2x + 1 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x − 3. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 2(x − 3) + 1
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.2(x − 3) = 2x − 6
- Simplify. Collect like terms.fg(x) = 2x − 5
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 9, so fg(x) = 9. Put the rule in for fg(x).2x − 5 = 9
- Add 5 to both sides. The last thing that happens is that 5 is subtracted. The opposite of subtracting 5 is adding 5. Do it to both sides.2x = 14
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = 7
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 7
Check. Test: fg(7) = 2 × 7 − 5 = 9. ✓
Watch out. Do not put the number k into the functions one at a time. Build the single function first.
Method. First find gf(x) by putting the inner function into the outer one. Then solve gf(x) = 15 as an ordinary equation.
- Remember what gf(x) means. gf(x) is the same as g(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gf(x) = g(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = x + 1
g(x) = x2 − 1 - Put f(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with x + 1. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gf(x) = (x + 1)2 − 1
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.(x + 1)2 = x2 + 2x + 1
- Simplify. Collect like terms.gf(x) = x2 + 2x
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 15, so gf(x) = 15. Put the rule in for gf(x).x2 + 2x = 15
- Move everything to one side so that the other side is 0. To factorise, a quadratic equation must equal 0. Subtract 15 from both sides.x2 + 2x − 15 = 0
- Factorise the quadratic. If two things multiply to give 0, at least one of them must be 0. Factorising turns the equation into a product that equals 0.(x − 3)(x + 5) = 0
- Set each bracket equal to 0 and solve. One bracket must be 0.x − 3 = 0 ⇒ x = 3
x + 5 = 0 ⇒ x = −5 - Write the solutions. A quadratic equation can have two solutions, so give both.x = −5 or x = 3
Check. Test: gf(−5) = (−5)2 + 2 × (−5) = 15; gf(3) = 32 + 2 × 3 = 15. ✓
Watch out. Do not put the number k into the functions one at a time. Build the single function first.
Method. Work out both composite functions in each case and compare them.
- (a) Work out fg(x). Replace x in f by x − 5.fg(x) = (x − 5) + 3 = x − 2
- (a) Work out gf(x). Replace x in g by x + 3.gf(x) = (x + 3) − 5 = x − 2
- (a) Compare. Both equal x − 2, so fg(x) = gf(x). ✓
- (b) Work out pq(x). Replace x in p by x + 1.pq(x) = 2(x + 1) = 2x + 2
- (b) Work out qp(x). Replace x in q by 2x.qp(x) = 2x + 1 = 2x + 1
- (b) Compare. 2x + 2 and 2x + 1 are different (for example when x = 0 they give 2 and 1).pq(x) ≠ qp(x). ✓
Check. In (a) both operations are just adding or subtracting, so the order does not matter. In (b) one multiplies and one adds, so the order does matter. ✓
Watch out. Two functions that both only add or subtract can be done in either order. Multiplying and adding together cannot.
Method. Do the reduction first (f), then add the tax (g), which is gf(x). Use the multiplier form.
- Find gf(x). f acts first, so put 0.8x into g.gf(x) = 1.2 × (0.8x) = 0.96x
- Interpret the multiplier. Multiplying by 0.96 is the same as keeping 96% of the price.final price = 96% of the original price
- So the final price is not the same as the original. A 20% decrease followed by a 20% increase does not cancel, because the 20% increase is taken of a smaller amount.It is 4% less.
- Work out the price of the £50 item. Put 50 in.gf(50) = 0.96 × 50 = £48
Check. Step by step: £50 × 0.8 = £40, then £40 × 1.2 = £48. ✓
Watch out. Percentage increases and decreases do not cancel out. Use multipliers.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x + 2
f(x) = 1x - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x + 2. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 1x + 2
- Simplify. Write the answer in its simplest form.fg(x) = 1x + 2
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 4, then f(4) = 0.25. The answer gives 12 + 2 = 0.25. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. gf(x) means: do f first, then g. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what gf(x) means. gf(x) is the same as g(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gf(x) = g(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = 1x
g(x) = x + 2 - Put f(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with 1x. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gf(x) = 1x + 2
- Simplify. Write the answer in its simplest form.gf(x) = 1x + 2
Check. Test with x = 2: f(2) = 0.5, then g(0.5) = 2.5. The answer gives 12 + 2 = 2.5. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Method. Work from the inside out: put the number into the function nearest it, then put that answer into the other function.
- Remember what fg(13) means. The function nearest the number, g, is applied first. Its output is then used as the input to f.fg(13) = f(g(13))
- Work out the inside: g(13). Put 13 into g.g(13) = 13 − 4 = 9
- Use that answer as the input to f: work out f(9). The output 9 goes into f.f(9) = √9 = 3
- Write the answer. fg(13) = 3
Check. Another way: find fg(x) = √(x − 4) first, then put in 13: √(13 − 4) = 3. ✓
Watch out. fg(13) is not f(13) × g(13). It means f of (g of 13).
Method. Work from the inside out: put the number into the function nearest it, then put that answer into the other function.
- Remember what fg(20) means. The function nearest the number, g, is applied first. Its output is then used as the input to f.fg(20) = f(g(20))
- Work out the inside: g(20). Put 20 into g.g(20) = 20 − 4 = 16
- Use that answer as the input to f: work out f(16). The output 16 goes into f.f(16) = √16 = 4
- Write the answer. fg(20) = 4
Check. Another way: find fg(x) = √(x − 4) first, then put in 20: √(20 − 4) = 4. ✓
Watch out. fg(20) is not f(20) × g(20). It means f of (g of 20).
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x − 4
f(x) = √x - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x − 4. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = √(x − 4)
- Simplify. Write the answer in its simplest form.fg(x) = √(x − 4)
Check. Test with x = 5: g(5) = 1, then f(1) = 1. The answer gives √(5 − 4) = 1. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Method. fg(x) = f(g(x)) = 2g(x) + 1. Set this equal to 6x + 7 and solve for g(x).
- Write fg(x) using the rule for f. Replace x in 2x + 1 by g(x).fg(x) = 2g(x) + 1
- Set it equal to the given expression. 2g(x) + 1 = 6x + 7
- Subtract 1 from both sides. 2g(x) = 6x + 6
- Divide both sides by 2. Divide every term.g(x) = 3x + 3
Check. f(g(x)) = 2(3x + 3) + 1 = 6x + 7. ✓
Watch out. Treat g(x) like a single letter, then rearrange.
Method. Work out both and compare. The correct meaning is: do g first, then f.
- Work out fg(2) correctly. Do g first.g(2) = 22 = 4, then f(4) = 4 + 3 = 7
- Work out Aisha’s version. f(2) = 5 and g(2) = 4.5 × 4 = 20
- Compare. 7 and 20 are different.So Aisha is wrong: fg(2) = 7, not 20.
Check. fg(x) = x2 + 3, and 22 + 3 = 7. ✓
Watch out. fg(x) is two functions joined, not two functions multiplied.
Method. Work out g(1) in terms of k, put that into f, and form an equation.
- Find g(1). Put 1 in place of x.g(1) = 12 + k = 1 + k
- Find fg(1) = f(1 + k). Put the output of g into f, with brackets.f(1 + k) = 3(1 + k) + 2 = 5 + 3k
- Set it equal to 20. 5 + 3k = 20
- Solve. Subtract 5, then divide by 3.3k = 15, so k = 5
Check. With k = 5: g(1) = 6, f(6) = 20. ✓
Watch out. Use brackets when you put 1 + k into f.
Method. Find fg(x) and gf(x) in terms of a, then set them equal.
- Find fg(x). Replace x in f by 3x + 4.fg(x) = 2(3x + 4) + a = a + 6x + 8
- Find gf(x). Replace x in g by 2x + a.gf(x) = 3(2x + a) + 4 = 3a + 6x + 4
- Set them equal. The 6x terms match, so compare the number terms.8 + a = 3a + 4
- Solve. Subtract a and 4 from both sides: 4 = 2a.a = 2
Check. With a = 2: fg(x) = 6x + 10 and gf(x) = 6x + 10. ✓
Watch out. Both sides contain 6x, so only the numbers decide the value of a.
Method. Apply the functions one at a time, starting with the one nearest the x, and simplify after each.
- Remember the order. In hgf(x) the function written nearest the x acts first. Read it from the right: f, then g, then h.hgf(x) = h(g(f(x)))
- Apply f. Replace the x in f(x) = x + 1 by the current expression (x).f(x) gives x + 1
- Apply g. Replace the x in g(x) = 2x by the current expression (x + 1).g(x) gives 2x + 2
- Apply h. Replace the x in h(x) = x2 by the current expression (2x + 2).h(x) gives 4x2 + 8x + 4
- Write the answer. hgf(x) = 4x2 + 8x + 4
Check. Test with x = 1: apply the functions in turn to get 16; the answer gives 4 × 12 + 8 × 1 + 4 = 16. ✓
Watch out. Work from right to left in the name: hgf means f first, then g, then h.
Graph transformations
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
If you know the graph of y = f(x), you can sketch the graphs of many related functions without calculating anything new. Each point on the old graph moves to a new position, and the new graph is the old graph moved, flipped or stretched. This is called a transformation of the graph.
The rules are in the table. In each case, a point (x, y) on y = f(x) goes to the point shown.
| New function | What happens | Point (x, y) goes to |
|---|---|---|
| y = f(x) + a | translation up a units (down if a is negative) | (x, y + a) |
| y = f(x + a) | translation a units to the left (right if a is negative) | (x − a, y) |
| y = −f(x) | reflection in the x-axis | (x, −y) |
| y = f(−x) | reflection in the y-axis | (−x, y) |
| y = af(x) (extension) | stretch parallel to the y-axis, scale factor a | (x, ay) |
| y = f(ax) (extension) | stretch parallel to the x-axis, scale factor 1/a | (x/a, y) |
The graph below shows y = f(x) = x2 − 4x + 3 (dashed) and four transformed graphs (solid orange). Look at how the minimum point B(2, −1) moves each time.
Why does f(x + 2) move the graph to the left? The new function gives the same output as f but when the input is 2 smaller: for example the new function at x = 0 gives f(0 + 2) = f(2). So whatever f does at x = 2, the new graph does at x = 0: everything has shifted 2 to the left.
Everything moves together. Turning points, intercepts and asymptotes move with the graph. The reciprocal graph y = 1/x has asymptotes x = 0 and y = 0. The graph of y = 1/x + 2 has asymptotes x = 0 and y = 2, and the graph of y = 1/(x − 3) has asymptotes x = 3 and y = 0.
Completing the square. A quadratic written as y = (x + p)2 + q is the graph of y = x2 translated by p to the left and q up, so its turning point is (−p, q). This links to the work on completing the square in Chapter 14.
Key ideas
- f(x) + a: translate up a. f(x + a): translate a to the left. Together: the vector (−a, b) for f(x + a) + b.
- −f(x): reflect in the x-axis. f(−x): reflect in the y-axis.
- af(x): stretch in the y-direction by scale factor a. f(ax): stretch in the x-direction by scale factor 1/a.
- Changes outside the bracket affect y. Changes inside the bracket affect x (and work the opposite way).
- Turning points, roots and asymptotes move with the graph: transform the key points first.
Method. y = f(x) + 2 is a translation by the vector 0
2 (2 units up). Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(x) + 2 is a translation by the vector 0
2 (2 units up) - Use the rule for this type. The graph moves up (or down) by the number added to f(x). Only the y-coordinates change: add the number to y.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (1, 0) → (1, 2)
B (2, −1) → (2, 1)
C (3, 0) → (3, 2)
D (0, 3) → (0, 5) - Sketch the new graph. Join the new points with a smooth curve of the same shape (flipped or stretched if the transformation does that). The old graph is shown dashed for comparison.
Check. Check one point: B′ = (2, 1). The new equation y = x2 − 4x + 5 gives y = 22 − 4 × 2 + 5 = 1 when x = 2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = f(x − 3) is a translation by the vector 3
0 (3 units to the right). Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(x − 3) is a translation by the vector 3
0 (3 units to the right) - Use the rule for this type. Inside the bracket the change is the opposite way round to what you expect: y = f(x + a) moves the graph a units to the LEFT. Only the x-coordinates change: subtract a.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (1, 0) → (4, 0)
B (2, −1) → (5, −1)
C (3, 0) → (6, 0)
D (0, 3) → (3, 3) - Sketch the new graph. Join the new points with a smooth curve of the same shape (flipped or stretched if the transformation does that). The old graph is shown dashed for comparison.
Check. Check one point: B′ = (5, −1). The new equation y = x2 − 10x + 24 gives y = 52 − 10 × 5 + 24 = −1 when x = 5. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = −f(x) is a reflection in the x-axis. Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = −f(x) is a reflection in the x-axis
- Use the rule for this type. Minus f(x) turns the graph upside down (reflection in the x-axis). Only the y-coordinates change sign.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (0, 0) → (0, 0)
B (2, −4) → (2, 4)
C (3, 0) → (3, 0) - Sketch the new graph. Join the new points with a smooth curve of the same shape (flipped or stretched if the transformation does that). The old graph is shown dashed for comparison.
Check. Check one point: B′ = (2, 4). The new equation y = −x3 + 3x2 gives y = −23 + 3 × 22 = 4 when x = 2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = f(−x) is a reflection in the y-axis. Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(−x) is a reflection in the y-axis
- Use the rule for this type. f(−x) flips the graph left to right (reflection in the y-axis). Only the x-coordinates change sign.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (0, 0) → (0, 0)
B (2, −4) → (−2, −4)
C (3, 0) → (−3, 0) - Sketch the new graph. Join the new points with a smooth curve of the same shape (flipped or stretched if the transformation does that). The old graph is shown dashed for comparison.
Check. Check one point: B′ = (−2, −4). The new equation y = −x3 − 3x2 gives y = −(−2)3 − 3 × (−2)2 = −4 when x = −2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. Write the new function using f, replace f by its rule, then simplify.
- Write the original function. f(x) = x2 − 4x
- Say what the new function is in terms of f. The new graph is y = f(x + 2).y = f(x + 2)
- Put the rule in. Replace every x in the rule by (x + 2).(x + 2)2 − 4(x + 2)
- Expand and simplify. Multiply out any brackets and collect like terms.y = x2 − 4
Check. Test with x = 3: the new rule gives 5; using the original rule with the changed input gives the same number. ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of what you expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph 2 to the left.
Method. Complete the square. The completed-square form is a transformation of y = x²: a translation left or right, then up or down.
- Halve the number in front of x. Completing the square: x2 + bx = (x + b/2)2 − (b/2)2.6 ÷ 2 = 3
- Write the bracket and subtract the square of the half. (x + 3)2 expands to x2 + 6x + 9, which has 9 too many, so subtract it.x2 + 6x = (x + 3)2 − 9
- Add the constant term. y = (x + 3)2 + 2
- Read the turning point. The graph of y = x2 has its minimum at (0, 0). Replacing x by x + 3 moves it 3 left, and adding 2 moves it 2 up.minimum at (−3, 2)
Check. Expand: (x + 3)2 + 2 = x2 + 6x + 11 = x2 + 6x + 11. ✓
Watch out. The x-coordinate of the turning point is the opposite sign to the number inside the bracket.
Watch out
A change inside the bracket does the opposite of what you expect: y = f(x + 2) moves 2 units to the left, not the right, and y = f(2x) is narrower, not wider. Also, −f(x) flips the graph over (y changes sign) but f(−x) flips it sideways (x changes sign). Only the coordinate that is affected changes.Exercise 25D Graph transformations
Non-calculatorMethod. y = f(x) + 3 is a translation by the vector 0
3 (3 units up). Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(x) + 3 is a translation by the vector 0
3 (3 units up) - Use the rule for this type. The graph moves up (or down) by the number added to f(x). Only the y-coordinates change: add the number to y.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (1, 0) → (1, 3)
B (2, −1) → (2, 2)
C (3, 0) → (3, 3)
D (0, 3) → (0, 6)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (2, 2). The new equation y = x2 − 4x + 6 gives y = 22 − 4 × 2 + 6 = 2 when x = 2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = f(x − 2) is a translation by the vector 2
0 (2 units to the right). Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(x − 2) is a translation by the vector 2
0 (2 units to the right) - Use the rule for this type. Inside the bracket the change is the opposite way round to what you expect: y = f(x + a) moves the graph a units to the LEFT. Only the x-coordinates change: subtract a.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (1, 0) → (3, 0)
B (2, −1) → (4, −1)
C (3, 0) → (5, 0)
D (0, 3) → (2, 3)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (4, −1). The new equation y = x2 − 8x + 15 gives y = 42 − 8 × 4 + 15 = −1 when x = 4. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = −f(x) is a reflection in the x-axis. Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = −f(x) is a reflection in the x-axis
- Use the rule for this type. Minus f(x) turns the graph upside down (reflection in the x-axis). Only the y-coordinates change sign.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (1, 0) → (1, 0)
B (2, −1) → (2, 1)
C (3, 0) → (3, 0)
D (0, 3) → (0, −3)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (2, 1). The new equation y = −x2 + 4x − 3 gives y = −22 + 4 × 2 − 3 = 1 when x = 2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = f(−x) is a reflection in the y-axis. Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(−x) is a reflection in the y-axis
- Use the rule for this type. f(−x) flips the graph left to right (reflection in the y-axis). Only the x-coordinates change sign.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (1, 0) → (−1, 0)
B (2, −1) → (−2, −1)
C (3, 0) → (−3, 0)
D (0, 3) → (0, 3)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (−2, −1). The new equation y = x2 + 4x + 3 gives y = (−2)2 + 4 × (−2) + 3 = −1 when x = −2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = f(x) − 2 is a translation by the vector 0
−2 (2 units down). Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(x) − 2 is a translation by the vector 0
−2 (2 units down) - Use the rule for this type. The graph moves up (or down) by the number added to f(x). Only the y-coordinates change: add the number to y.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (0, 0) → (0, −2)
B (2, −4) → (2, −6)
C (3, 0) → (3, −2)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (2, −6). The new equation y = x3 − 3x2 − 2 gives y = 23 − 3 × 22 − 2 = −6 when x = 2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = f(x + 1) is a translation by the vector −1
0 (1 unit to the left). Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(x + 1) is a translation by the vector −1
0 (1 unit to the left) - Use the rule for this type. Inside the bracket the change is the opposite way round to what you expect: y = f(x + a) moves the graph a units to the LEFT. Only the x-coordinates change: subtract a.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (0, 0) → (−1, 0)
B (2, −4) → (1, −4)
C (3, 0) → (2, 0)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (1, −4). The new equation y = x3 − 3x − 2 gives y = 13 − 3 × 1 − 2 = −4 when x = 1. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = 2f(x) is a stretch parallel to the y-axis, scale factor 2. Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = 2f(x) is a stretch parallel to the y-axis, scale factor 2
- Use the rule for this type. Multiplying the whole function by a stretches the graph vertically (parallel to the y-axis). Multiply every y-coordinate by a.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (0, 0) → (0, 0)
B (2, −4) → (2, −8)
C (3, 0) → (3, 0)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (2, −8). The new equation y = 2x3 − 6x2 gives y = 2 × 23 − 6 × 22 = −8 when x = 2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. y = f(−x) is a reflection in the y-axis. Apply the rule to each key point.
- Identify the transformation. Look at what has been done to f(x): is it added outside the bracket, changed inside the bracket, or multiplied?y = f(−x) is a reflection in the y-axis
- Use the rule for this type. f(−x) flips the graph left to right (reflection in the y-axis). Only the x-coordinates change sign.
- Apply the rule to each point. Work out the new coordinates.A (0, 0) → (0, 0)
B (2, −4) → (−2, −4)
C (3, 0) → (−3, 0)
Check. Check one point: B′ = (−2, −4). The new equation y = −x3 − 3x2 gives y = −(−2)3 − 3 × (−2)2 = −4 when x = −2. ✓
Watch out. The effect of a change inside the bracket is the opposite of what you might expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph LEFT, and f(2x) makes it narrower.
Method. Write the new function using f, replace f by its rule, then simplify.
- Write the original function. f(x) = x2 − 4x
- Say what the new function is in terms of f. The new graph is y = f(x) + 3.y = f(x) + 3
- Put the rule in. Add (or subtract) the number to the whole function.(x2 − 4x) + 3
- Expand and simplify. Multiply out any brackets and collect like terms.y = x2 − 4x + 3
Check. Test with x = 3: the transformed curve should give 0 and the rule applied to the original function at the matching input agrees. ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of what you expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph 2 to the left.
Method. Write the new function using f, replace f by its rule, then simplify.
- Write the original function. f(x) = x2 − 4x
- Say what the new function is in terms of f. The new graph is y = f(x − 2).y = f(x − 2)
- Put the rule in. Replace every x in the rule by (x − 2).(x − 2)2 − 4(x − 2)
- Expand and simplify. Multiply out any brackets and collect like terms.y = x2 − 8x + 12
Check. Test with x = 3: the new rule gives −3; using the original rule with the changed input gives the same number. ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of what you expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph 2 to the left.
Method. Write the new function using f, replace f by its rule, then simplify.
- Write the original function. f(x) = x2 − 4x
- Say what the new function is in terms of f. The new graph is y = −f(x).y = −f(x)
- Put the rule in. Put a minus sign in front of the whole function: every sign in it changes.−(x2 − 4x)
- Expand and simplify. Multiply out any brackets and collect like terms.y = −x2 + 4x
Check. Test with x = 3: the transformed curve should give 3 and the rule applied to the original function at the matching input agrees. ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of what you expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph 2 to the left.
Method. Write the new function using f, replace f by its rule, then simplify.
- Write the original function. f(x) = x2 − 4x
- Say what the new function is in terms of f. The new graph is y = f(−x).y = f(−x)
- Put the rule in. Replace every x in the rule by (−x).(−x)2 − 4(−x)
- Expand and simplify. Multiply out any brackets and collect like terms.y = x2 + 4x
Check. Test with x = 3: the new rule gives 21; using the original rule with the changed input gives the same number. ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of what you expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph 2 to the left.
Method. Write the new function using f, replace f by its rule, then simplify.
- Write the original function. f(x) = x2 − 4x
- Say what the new function is in terms of f. The new graph is y = 2f(x).y = 2f(x)
- Put the rule in. Multiply the whole function by 2.2(x2 − 4x)
- Expand and simplify. Multiply out any brackets and collect like terms.y = 2x2 − 8x
Check. Test with x = 3: the transformed curve should give −6 and the rule applied to the original function at the matching input agrees. ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of what you expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph 2 to the left.
Method. A turning point is moved by a transformation in exactly the same way as any other point.
- Write the original minimum point. It is a point on the graph, so it is moved like any other point.B = (2, -1)
- Identify the transformation and use its rule. Adding a number to f(x) moves the whole graph up (or down). Every y-coordinate changes by that amount and every x-coordinate stays the same.y = f(x) + 4: (2, -1) → (2, 3)
- Write the new point. The shape has not been flipped, so it is still a minimum.minimum at (2, 3)
Check. The new point should lie on the new curve; for example for f(x) = x2 − 4x + 3 the new equation gives y = 3 at x = 2. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in the x-axis turns a minimum into a maximum.
Method. A turning point is moved by a transformation in exactly the same way as any other point.
- Write the original minimum point. It is a point on the graph, so it is moved like any other point.B = (2, -1)
- Identify the transformation and use its rule. Adding a number inside the bracket moves the whole graph sideways. y = f(x + a) moves it a units to the left; y = f(x − a) moves it a units to the right. Every x-coordinate changes and every y-coordinate stays the same.y = f(x − 3): (2, -1) → (5, −1)
- Write the new point. The shape has not been flipped, so it is still a minimum.minimum at (5, −1)
Check. The new point should lie on the new curve; for example for f(x) = x2 − 4x + 3 the new equation gives y = −1 at x = 5. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in the x-axis turns a minimum into a maximum.
Method. A turning point is moved by a transformation in exactly the same way as any other point.
- Write the original minimum point. It is a point on the graph, so it is moved like any other point.B = (2, -1)
- Identify the transformation and use its rule. Putting a minus sign in front of f(x) turns the graph upside down, a reflection in the x-axis. Each y-coordinate changes sign.y = −f(x): (2, -1) → (2, 1)
- Think about whether the minimum is still a minimum. Turning the graph upside down turns the lowest point into the highest point.The minimum becomes a maximum at (2, 1).
Check. The new point should lie on the new curve; for example for f(x) = x2 − 4x + 3 the new equation gives y = 1 at x = 2. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in the x-axis turns a minimum into a maximum.
Method. A turning point is moved by a transformation in exactly the same way as any other point.
- Write the original minimum point. It is a point on the graph, so it is moved like any other point.B = (2, -1)
- Identify the transformation and use its rule. Replacing x by ax squeezes the graph towards the y-axis, parallel to the x-axis, by scale factor 1/a. Each x-coordinate is divided by a.y = f(2x): (2, -1) → (1, −1)
- Write the new point. The shape has not been flipped, so it is still a minimum.minimum at (1, −1)
Check. The new point should lie on the new curve; for example for f(x) = x2 − 4x + 3 the new equation gives y = −1 at x = 1. ✓
Watch out. Reflecting in the x-axis turns a minimum into a maximum.
Method. Roots are points on the x-axis, so transform the points (1, 0) and (3, 0).
- Roots are points on the x-axis. The graph of y = f(x) crosses the x-axis at the points (1, 0) and (3, 0).roots at x = 1 and x = 3
- Use the rule for this transformation on each point. Adding a number inside the bracket moves the whole graph sideways. y = f(x + a) moves it a units to the left; y = f(x − a) moves it a units to the right. Every x-coordinate changes and every y-coordinate stays the same.(1, 0) → (3, 0)
(3, 0) → (5, 0) - Write the roots. Only the x-values matter for a root.x = 3 and x = 5
Check. Plot the two new points on the x-axis and check they have moved as the rule says. ✓
Watch out. A translation up or down changes the roots; a reflection in the x-axis does not.
Method. Roots are points on the x-axis, so transform the points (1, 0) and (3, 0).
- Roots are points on the x-axis. The graph of y = f(x) crosses the x-axis at the points (1, 0) and (3, 0).roots at x = 1 and x = 3
- Use the rule for this transformation on each point. Replacing x by −x flips the graph left to right, a reflection in the y-axis. Each x-coordinate changes sign.(1, 0) → (−1, 0)
(3, 0) → (−3, 0) - Write the roots. Only the x-values matter for a root.x = −3 and x = −1
Check. Plot the two new points on the x-axis and check they have moved as the rule says. ✓
Watch out. A translation up or down changes the roots; a reflection in the x-axis does not.
Method. Roots are points on the x-axis, so transform the points (1, 0) and (3, 0). A reflection in the x-axis leaves points on the x-axis where they are, so the roots do not change.
- Roots are points on the x-axis. The graph of y = f(x) crosses the x-axis at the points (1, 0) and (3, 0).roots at x = 1 and x = 3
- Use the rule for this transformation on each point. Putting a minus sign in front of f(x) turns the graph upside down, a reflection in the x-axis. Each y-coordinate changes sign.(1, 0) → (1, 0)
(3, 0) → (3, 0) - Write the roots. Only the x-values matter for a root.x = 1 and x = 3
Check. Plot the two new points on the x-axis and check they have moved as the rule says. ✓
Watch out. A translation up or down changes the roots; a reflection in the x-axis does not.
Method. Roots are points on the x-axis, so transform the points (1, 0) and (3, 0).
- Roots are points on the x-axis. The graph of y = f(x) crosses the x-axis at the points (1, 0) and (3, 0).roots at x = 1 and x = 3
- Use the rule for this transformation on each point. Replacing x by ax squeezes the graph towards the y-axis, parallel to the x-axis, by scale factor 1/a. Each x-coordinate is divided by a.(1, 0) → (0.5, 0)
(3, 0) → (1.5, 0) - Write the roots. Only the x-values matter for a root.x = 0.5 and x = 1.5
Check. Plot the two new points on the x-axis and check they have moved as the rule says. ✓
Watch out. A translation up or down changes the roots; a reflection in the x-axis does not.
3 (3 units up); y = f(x) + 3
Method. Compare key points on the two graphs and decide which coordinate has changed.
- Compare the key points on the two graphs. Match each point on the solid curve to its image on the dashed or orange curve (A to A′, B to B′ ...).A (1, 0) → A′ (1, 3)
B (2, −1) → B′ (2, 2)
C (3, 0) → C′ (3, 3) - Decide which coordinate changed. If only y changes the change is outside the bracket; if only x changes it is inside the bracket.
- Write the transformation. y = f(x) + 3: a translation by the vector 0
3 (3 units up)
Check. Check one point of the dashed graph against the orange graph. ✓
Watch out. State the type of transformation and give its details (vector, axis of reflection).
0 (2 units to the right); y = f(x − 2)
Method. Compare key points on the two graphs and decide which coordinate has changed.
- Compare the key points on the two graphs. Match each point on the solid curve to its image on the dashed or orange curve (A to A′, B to B′ ...).A (0, 0) → A′ (2, 0)
B (2, −4) → B′ (4, −4)
C (3, 0) → C′ (5, 0) - Decide which coordinate changed. If only y changes the change is outside the bracket; if only x changes it is inside the bracket.
- Write the transformation. y = f(x − 2): a translation by the vector 2
0 (2 units to the right)
Check. Check one point of the dashed graph against the orange graph. ✓
Watch out. State the type of transformation and give its details (vector, axis of reflection).
Method. Compare key points on the two graphs and decide which coordinate has changed.
- Compare the key points on the two graphs. Match each point on the solid curve to its image on the dashed or orange curve (A to A′, B to B′ ...).A (1, 0) → A′ (1, 0)
B (2, −1) → B′ (2, 1)
C (3, 0) → C′ (3, 0) - Decide which coordinate changed. If only y changes the change is outside the bracket; if only x changes it is inside the bracket.
- Write the transformation. y = −f(x): a reflection in the x-axis
Check. Check one point of the dashed graph against the orange graph. ✓
Watch out. State the type of transformation and give its details (vector, axis of reflection).
Method. Compare key points on the two graphs and decide which coordinate has changed.
- Compare the key points on the two graphs. Match each point on the solid curve to its image on the dashed or orange curve (A to A′, B to B′ ...).A (0, 0) → A′ (0, 0)
B (2, −4) → B′ (−2, −4)
C (3, 0) → C′ (−3, 0) - Decide which coordinate changed. If only y changes the change is outside the bracket; if only x changes it is inside the bracket.
- Write the transformation. y = f(−x): a reflection in the y-axis
Check. Check one point of the dashed graph against the orange graph. ✓
Watch out. State the type of transformation and give its details (vector, axis of reflection).
Method. This adds 3 to every y-value, moving the graph up 3 and keeping its shape.
- Move the minimum. The dashed minimum is at (2, −1). Adding 3 to y givesminimum of the new graph at (2, 2)
- Find the graph with a minimum at (2, 2). Look at the diagram: the red curve has its lowest point at (2, 2).graph P
Check. At x = 0 the dashed graph is at 3, so the new graph is at 6, which matches P. ✓
Watch out. Check the lowest point to decide which graph it is.
Method. Subtracting 2 inside the bracket moves the graph 2 to the right.
- Move the minimum. The dashed minimum is at (2, −1). Moving 2 to the right givesminimum of the new graph at (4, −1)
- Find the graph with a minimum at (4, −1). The green curve has its lowest point at (4, −1).graph Q
Check. The new graph crosses the x-axis at 3 and 5, which matches Q. ✓
Watch out. f(x − 2) moves to the right, not the left.
Method. A minus sign outside turns the graph upside down about the x-axis.
- Move the minimum. The dashed minimum at (2, −1) becomes the highest point (2, 1).maximum of the new graph at (2, 1)
- Find the graph that opens downwards. The purple curve is upside down with its highest point at (2, 1).graph R
Check. The roots stay at 1 and 3, and R passes through those points. ✓
Watch out. Reflection in the x-axis keeps the roots in the same place.
Method. Use the rule for this transformation on the point (4, 7).
- Identify the transformation. Adding a number to f(x) moves the whole graph up (or down). Every y-coordinate changes by that amount and every x-coordinate stays the same.y = f(x) + 1 is a translation by the vector 0
1 (1 unit up) - Apply it to the point. Change only the coordinate that the rule says changes.(4, 7) → (4, 8)
Check. Reverse the rule from the new point and you get back to (4, 7). ✓
Watch out. Only one of the two coordinates changes in each of these transformations.
Method. Use the rule for this transformation on the point (4, 7).
- Identify the transformation. Adding a number inside the bracket moves the whole graph sideways. y = f(x + a) moves it a units to the left; y = f(x − a) moves it a units to the right. Every x-coordinate changes and every y-coordinate stays the same.y = f(x − 2) is a translation by the vector 2
0 (2 units to the right) - Apply it to the point. Change only the coordinate that the rule says changes.(4, 7) → (6, 7)
Check. Reverse the rule from the new point and you get back to (4, 7). ✓
Watch out. Only one of the two coordinates changes in each of these transformations.
Method. Use the rule for this transformation on the point (4, 7).
- Identify the transformation. Multiplying f(x) by a stretches the graph away from the x-axis, parallel to the y-axis. Each y-coordinate is multiplied by a.y = 2f(x) is a stretch parallel to the y-axis, scale factor 2
- Apply it to the point. Change only the coordinate that the rule says changes.(4, 7) → (4, 14)
Check. Reverse the rule from the new point and you get back to (4, 7). ✓
Watch out. Only one of the two coordinates changes in each of these transformations.
Method. Use the rule for this transformation on the point (4, 7).
- Identify the transformation. Replacing x by ax squeezes the graph towards the y-axis, parallel to the x-axis, by scale factor 1/a. Each x-coordinate is divided by a.y = f(½x) is a stretch parallel to the x-axis, scale factor 2
- Apply it to the point. Change only the coordinate that the rule says changes.(4, 7) → (8, 7)
Check. Reverse the rule from the new point and you get back to (4, 7). ✓
Watch out. Only one of the two coordinates changes in each of these transformations.
Method. Reciprocal graphs are translated like any others: the asymptotes move with the curve.
- Start with the asymptotes of y = 1/x. The reciprocal graph never touches the y-axis (x = 0) or the x-axis (y = 0).x = 0 and y = 0
- Write the new function in terms of f(x) = 1/x. The new graph is a translation of the old one.y = f(x) + 2
- Move each asymptote. The vertical asymptote moves with the sideways translation, and the horizontal asymptote moves with the up or down translation.x = 0 → x = 0
y = 0 → y = 2
Check. The function is not defined when x = 0 (the bottom of the fraction would be 0), and as x gets very large y gets close to 2. ✓
Watch out. x − 3 in the bracket moves the vertical asymptote to x = +3, not −3.
Method. Reciprocal graphs are translated like any others: the asymptotes move with the curve.
- Start with the asymptotes of y = 1/x. The reciprocal graph never touches the y-axis (x = 0) or the x-axis (y = 0).x = 0 and y = 0
- Write the new function in terms of f(x) = 1/x. The new graph is a translation of the old one.y = 1x − 3 = f(x − 3) + 0
- Move each asymptote. The vertical asymptote moves with the sideways translation, and the horizontal asymptote moves with the up or down translation.x = 0 → x = 3
y = 0 → y = 0
Check. The function is not defined when x = 3 (the bottom of the fraction would be 0), and as x gets very large y gets close to 0. ✓
Watch out. x − 3 in the bracket moves the vertical asymptote to x = +3, not −3.
Method. Reciprocal graphs are translated like any others: the asymptotes move with the curve.
- Start with the asymptotes of y = 1/x. The reciprocal graph never touches the y-axis (x = 0) or the x-axis (y = 0).x = 0 and y = 0
- Write the new function in terms of f(x) = 1/x. The new graph is a translation of the old one.y = 1x + 1 − 4 = f(x + 1) − 4
- Move each asymptote. The vertical asymptote moves with the sideways translation, and the horizontal asymptote moves with the up or down translation.x = 0 → x = -1
y = 0 → y = -4
Check. The function is not defined when x = -1 (the bottom of the fraction would be 0), and as x gets very large y gets close to -4. ✓
Watch out. x − 3 in the bracket moves the vertical asymptote to x = +3, not −3.
Method. Reciprocal graphs are translated like any others: the asymptotes move with the curve.
- Start with the asymptotes of y = 1/x. The reciprocal graph never touches the y-axis (x = 0) or the x-axis (y = 0).x = 0 and y = 0
- Write the new function in terms of f(x) = 1/x. The new graph is a translation of the old one.y = 1x − 2 + 1 = f(x − 2) + 1
- Move each asymptote. The vertical asymptote moves with the sideways translation, and the horizontal asymptote moves with the up or down translation.x = 0 → x = 2
y = 0 → y = 1
Check. The function is not defined when x = 2 (the bottom of the fraction would be 0), and as x gets very large y gets close to 1. ✓
Watch out. x − 3 in the bracket moves the vertical asymptote to x = +3, not −3.
Method. Start from y = 1/x, translate it 2 right and 1 up, and find where it meets the axes by substitution.
- Find the translation. 1/(x − 2) + 1 is f(x − 2) + 1 where f(x) = 1/x.translation by the vector (2, 1)
- Move the asymptotes. asymptotes: x = 2 and y = 1
- Find where it crosses the y-axis (x = 0). Substitute x = 0.y = 1/(0 − 2) + 1 = −0.5 + 1 = 0.5
- Find where it crosses the x-axis (y = 0). Solve 1/(x − 2) + 1 = 0.1/(x − 2) = −1, so x − 2 = −1 and x = 1
- Sketch. Draw the two branches of the curve, one in the top-right and one in the bottom-left of the asymptote cross.
Check. Both crossing points satisfy the equation: at (1, 0), 1/(1 − 2) + 1 = −1 + 1 = 0. ✓
Watch out. The graph has two separate branches and never crosses its asymptotes.
Method. Complete the square. The completed-square form is a transformation of y = x²: a translation left or right, then up or down.
- Halve the number in front of x. Completing the square: x2 + bx = (x + b/2)2 − (b/2)2.6 ÷ 2 = 3
- Write the bracket and subtract the square of the half. (x + 3)2 expands to x2 + 6x + 9, which has 9 too many, so subtract it.x2 + 6x = (x + 3)2 − 9
- Add the constant term. y = (x + 3)2 + 2
- Read the turning point. The graph of y = x2 has its minimum at (0, 0). Replacing x by x + 3 moves it 3 left, and adding 2 moves it 2 up.minimum at (−3, 2)
Check. Expand: (x + 3)2 + 2 = x2 + 6x + 11 = x2 + 6x + 11. ✓
Watch out. The x-coordinate of the turning point is the opposite sign to the number inside the bracket.
Method. Complete the square. The completed-square form is a transformation of y = x²: a translation left or right, then up or down.
- Halve the number in front of x. Completing the square: x2 + bx = (x + b/2)2 − (b/2)2.−4 ÷ 2 = −2
- Write the bracket and subtract the square of the half. (x + −2)2 expands to x2 + −4x + 4, which has 4 too many, so subtract it.x2 + −4x = (x + −2)2 − 4
- Add the constant term. y = (x + −2)2 + 5
- Read the turning point. The graph of y = x2 has its minimum at (0, 0). Replacing x by x + −2 moves it 2 right, and adding 5 moves it 5 up.minimum at (2, 5)
Check. Expand: (x + −2)2 + 5 = x2 + −4x + 9 = x2 + −4x + 9. ✓
Watch out. The x-coordinate of the turning point is the opposite sign to the number inside the bracket.
Method. Complete the square. The completed-square form is a transformation of y = x²: a translation left or right, then up or down.
- Halve the number in front of x. Completing the square: x2 + bx = (x + b/2)2 − (b/2)2.8 ÷ 2 = 4
- Write the bracket and subtract the square of the half. (x + 4)2 expands to x2 + 8x + 16, which has 16 too many, so subtract it.x2 + 8x = (x + 4)2 − 16
- Add the constant term. y = (x + 4)2 + 4
- Read the turning point. The graph of y = x2 has its minimum at (0, 0). Replacing x by x + 4 moves it 4 left, and adding 4 moves it 4 up.minimum at (−4, 4)
Check. Expand: (x + 4)2 + 4 = x2 + 8x + 20 = x2 + 8x + 20. ✓
Watch out. The x-coordinate of the turning point is the opposite sign to the number inside the bracket.
Method. Complete the square. The completed-square form is a transformation of y = x²: a translation left or right, then up or down.
- Halve the number in front of x. Completing the square: x2 + bx = (x + b/2)2 − (b/2)2.−2 ÷ 2 = −1
- Write the bracket and subtract the square of the half. (x + −1)2 expands to x2 + −2x + 1, which has 1 too many, so subtract it.x2 + −2x = (x + −1)2 − 1
- Add the constant term. y = (x + −1)2 − 4
- Read the turning point. The graph of y = x2 has its minimum at (0, 0). Replacing x by x + −1 moves it 1 right, and adding −4 moves it 4 down.minimum at (1, −4)
Check. Expand: (x + −1)2 − 4 = x2 + −2x + −3 = x2 + −2x + −3. ✓
Watch out. The x-coordinate of the turning point is the opposite sign to the number inside the bracket.
Method. Write both as f(x) transformations and read off the translation.
- Let f(x) = x2. f(x − 3) = (x − 3)2
- Spot the changes. The −3 inside the bracket is a translation 3 to the right (opposite to the sign). The +2 outside is a translation 2 up.3 right, 2 up
- Write it as a vector. A vector gives the move across (x) on top and up (y) below.translation by 3
2
Check. The turning point of y = x2 is (0, 0) and of the new graph is (3, 2): a move of 3 right and 2 up. ✓
Watch out. The sign inside the bracket is opposite to the direction of the move.
Method. Find a feature of the graph (such as the turning point) before and after the transformation and compare.
- Write both functions. f(x) = x2 and f(x + 3) = (x + 3)2
- Find the turning point (and root) of y = x2. It touches the x-axis when x2 = 0.x = 0
- Find where (x + 3)2 = 0. The bracket must be 0.x + 3 = 0, so x = −3
- Compare. The feature has moved from x = 0 to x = −3, which is 3 to the left.So f(x + 3) is a translation 3 units to the left. The reason is that the new function needs an input 3 smaller to produce the same output.
Check. At x = −3 the new function gives f(0) = 0, just as f gives 0 at x = 0. ✓
Watch out. “+3” in the bracket makes you reach the same value 3 earlier, so the graph moves left.
Method. Work out both equations and compare them (or compare one point).
- Find −f(x). Change every sign in f(x).−f(x) = −(x3 − 3x2) = −x3 + 3x2
- Find f(−x). Replace x by (−x): (−x)3 = −x3 and (−x)2 = x2.f(−x) = (−x)3 − 3(−x)2 = −x3 − 3x2
- Compare. The x2 terms have opposite signs, so the equations are different.−x3 + 3x2 ≠ −x3 − 3x2
- Confirm with a point. The point B(2, −4) goes to different places.B′ = (2, 4) for −f(x) but B′ = (−2, −4) for f(−x)
Check. Try x = 1: −f(1) = −(1 − 3) = 2 but f(−1) = −1 − 3 = −4. ✓
Watch out. −f(x) changes the sign of the whole output; f(−x) changes the sign of the input.
Method. Write the new function using f, replace f by its rule, then simplify.
- Write the original function. h(x) = −5x2 + 8x
- Say what the new function is in terms of f. The new graph is y = f(x − 1).y = f(x − 1)
- Put the rule in. Replace every x in the rule by (x − 1).−5(x − 1)2 + 8(x − 1)
- Expand and simplify. Multiply out any brackets and collect like terms.y = −5x2 + 18x − 13
Check. Test with x = 3: the new rule gives −4; using the original rule with the changed input gives the same number. ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of what you expect: f(x + 2) moves the graph 2 to the left.
Method. Use the rules: f(x + a) moves the point a to the left and + b moves it b up.
- Move the minimum. The new x-coordinate is the old one minus a (because the graph moves a to the left), and the new y is the old plus b.(3 − a, −2 + b) = (1, 5)
- Solve for a. Compare the x-coordinates.3 − a = 1, so a = 2
- Solve for b. Compare the y-coordinates.−2 + b = 5, so b = 7
Check. Start at (3, −2), move 2 to the left to (1, −2) and 7 up to (1, 5). ✓
Watch out. The sign of a works the opposite way round: f(x + 2) moves LEFT.
Method. Do the two transformations in order: first replace x by −x, then add 2.
- Name the starting function. f(x) = x2 − 4x + 3
- Reflect in the y-axis: replace x by (−x). Remember (−x)2 = x2.f(−x) = (−x)2 − 4(−x) + 3 = x2 + 4x + 3
- Translate 2 units up: add 2. y = x2 + 4x + 3 + 2 = x2 + 4x + 5
Check. The old minimum (2, −1) goes to (−2, −1) then to (−2, 1). The new equation gives (−2)2 + 4 × (−2) + 5 = 1 at x = −2. ✓
Watch out. Do the transformations in the order given.
Trigonometric graphs
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
In Chapter 20 you used sin, cos and tan for angles in right-angled triangles, so the angles were between 0° and 90°. A calculator will also give sin, cos and tan of any angle, even 210° or −40°. When we plot these values against the angle we get three famous graphs. Always make sure your calculator is in degree mode.
The sine graph, y = sin x. It starts at 0, rises to a maximum of 1 at 90°, falls back to 0 at 180°, reaches a minimum of −1 at 270° and returns to 0 at 360°. After that the pattern repeats. The length of one complete pattern is the period, which is 360° for sine. All the values lie between −1 and 1.
The cosine graph, y = cos x. It has the same wave shape but starts at its maximum: cos 0° = 1, then 0 at 90°, a minimum of −1 at 180°, 0 at 270° and back to 1 at 360°. The period is again 360°. The cosine graph is the sine graph moved 90° to the left: cos x = sin(x + 90°). This is exactly the transformation f(x + 90) from the last section.
The tangent graph, y = tan x. This one looks very different. tan x = sin x ÷ cos x, so it is not defined where cos x = 0, that is at 90° and 270°. There the graph has vertical asymptotes (lines it gets closer and closer to but never touches). Between asymptotes the graph rises from very negative to very positive. It is 0 at 0°, 180° and 360°, and it equals 1 at 45°. Its period is 180°, and it has no maximum or minimum value.
It helps to know the key values. They are given to 2 decimal places here; some are exact (0, ±1, ±0.5).
| x | 0° | 30° | 60° | 90° | 120° | 150° | 180° | 210° | 240° | 270° | 300° | 330° | 360° |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| sin x | 0.00 | 0.50 | 0.87 | 1.00 | 0.87 | 0.50 | 0.00 | −0.50 | −0.87 | −1.00 | −0.87 | −0.50 | 0.00 |
| cos x | 1.00 | 0.87 | 0.50 | 0.00 | −0.50 | −0.87 | −1.00 | −0.87 | −0.50 | 0.00 | 0.50 | 0.87 | 1.00 |
| tan x | 0.00 | 0.58 | 1.73 | – | −1.73 | −0.58 | 0.00 | 0.58 | 1.73 | – | −1.73 | −0.58 | 0.00 |
Using symmetry. Look at the sine graph: the hump between 0° and 180° is symmetrical about 90°, so sin 150° = sin 30° = 0.5. The part between 180° and 360° is the same hump turned upside down, so sin 210° = −sin 30° = −0.5. For any angle, use the graph to decide whether the value is positive or negative, and use the related acute angle for the size.
Solving equations such as sin x = 0.3. The solutions are where the horizontal line y = 0.3 crosses the graph. The calculator button gives only the first solution, 17.5°. Use the symmetry of the graph for the others: for sin, the second solution is 180° − the first; for cos it is 360° − the first; for tan, add 180°. Then add or subtract 360° (180° for tan) to find solutions in the required range.
Transformations. The ideas of the last section work on these graphs too. y = 2 sin x has the same period but amplitude 2 (maximum 2, minimum −2). y = sin 2x completes a wave in 180° instead of 360°, so its period is 360° ÷ 2 = 180°. y = sin x + 1 is moved up 1, and y = −sin x is turned upside down.
Key ideas
- sin x and cos x: period 360°, maximum 1, minimum −1. cos x starts at 1; sin x starts at 0.
- tan x: period 180°, asymptotes at 90° and 270°, passes through (45°, 1), no maximum or minimum.
- Use symmetry: sin 150° = sin 30°, cos 120° = −cos 60°, tan 135° = −tan 45°. Decide the sign from the graph.
- To solve sin x = k: first solution from the calculator, second solution 180° − first (cos: 360° − first; tan: first + 180°), then add or subtract full periods to reach the range.
- y = a sin x: amplitude a. y = sin bx: period 360°/b. y = sin x + d: shift up d.
Method. Use the symmetry of the sin graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 210° is related to 30°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.210° = 180° + 30° (a third-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of sin x: in the third quarter the curve is below the x-axis.sin 210° is negative.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.sin 210° = −0.5 = −0.5
Check. On a calculator, sin 210° = −0.500, which matches −0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = 0.3 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.3 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(0.3) = 17.5°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − 17.5 = 162.5
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.17.5, 162.5
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 17.5° = 0.30; sin 162.5° = 0.30 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.30). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the cos graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of cos x = −0.4 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.4 crosses the graph of y = cos x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.cos−1(−0.4) = 113.6°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The cosine graph is symmetrical about x = 0° and x = 180°. So the second solution is the negative of the first, then add 360° to bring it into the range.−113.6 + 360 = 246.4
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.113.6, 246.4
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.113.6, 246.4
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: cos 113.6° = −0.40; cos 246.4° = −0.40 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −0.40). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the tan graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of tan x = 2 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 2 crosses the graph of y = tan x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.tan−1(2) = 63.4°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The tangent graph repeats every 180°, so the other solutions are found by adding (or subtracting) 180°.63.4 + 180 = 243.4
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 180°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.63.4, 243.4
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.63.4, 243.4
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: tan 63.4° = 2.00; tan 243.4° = 2.00 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 2.00). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Method. Read the amplitude, the period and the middle line from the graph, then match them to y = a sin(bx) + d (or cos).
- Read the maximum and minimum values. The graph oscillates between a highest and lowest value.maximum = 2, minimum = −2
- Find the amplitude and the middle line. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and the minimum. The middle line is halfway between them.amplitude = (2 − (−2)) ÷ 2 = 2
middle line: y = (2 + (−2)) ÷ 2 = 0 - Read the period (the length of one full cycle). The standard sin graph has period 360°. If one cycle takes 120° then the angle is multiplied by 3.period = 120° ⇒ b = 360 ÷ 120 = 3
- Write the equation. Use y = a sin (bx) + d with a = 2, b = 3, d = 0.y = 2 sin 3x
Check. Test one point: when x = 0, the equation gives 0.00, and the graph passes through that value. ✓
Watch out. The period is the length of one whole cycle, not half of it.
Watch out
The calculator gives only one answer to sin x = 0.3, but there are two in each 360°. Use the graph (or symmetry) to find the others. Also check that the calculator is in degree mode, and for equations like 2 sin x = 1, divide by the 2 first to get sin x = 0.5.Exercise 25E Trigonometric graphs
Calculator allowed| x | 0° | 60° | 90° | 120° | 180° | 270° | 360° |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| cos x |
Method. Type cos of each angle into the calculator, with the calculator set to degrees, and round to 1 decimal place.
- Check the calculator mode. It must show D or DEG. In radian mode all the answers would be wrong.
- Work out each value. Press cos, then the angle, then equals.cos 0° = 1.000 ≈ 1.0
cos 60° = 0.500 ≈ 0.5
cos 90° = 0.000 ≈ 0.0
cos 120° = −0.500 ≈ −0.5
cos 180° = −1.000 ≈ −1.0
cos 270° = 0.000 ≈ 0.0
cos 360° = 1.000 ≈ 1.0 - Write them in the table.
x 0° 60° 90° 120° 180° 270° 360° cos x 1.0 0.5 0.0 −0.5 −1.0 0.0 1.0
Check. The values match the shape of the cosine graph: 1, then down to −1 at 180°, then back up to 1. ✓
Watch out. cos 90° and cos 270° are exactly 0. A calculator may show a tiny number like 6 × 10−17; that is a rounding error.
Method. Read the standard graph.
- Maximum and minimum. The wave rises to 1 and falls to −1.maximum 1, minimum −1
- Period. One complete wave takes 360°.period 360°
Check. sin 90° = 1 and sin 270° = −1. ✓
Watch out. The period is the length of one complete cycle.
Method. Read the standard graph.
- Maximum and minimum. cos 0° = 1 and cos 180° = −1.maximum 1, minimum −1
- Period. One complete wave takes 360°.period 360°
Check. cos 0° = 1 and cos 180° = −1. ✓
Watch out. cos starts at its maximum.
Method. Read the standard graph.
- Maximum and minimum. The graph goes up to very large positive values and down to very large negative values at the asymptotes.no maximum or minimum
- Period. The pattern repeats every 180°.period 180°
Check. tan 45° = 1 and tan 225° = 1, which are 180° apart. ✓
Watch out. tan has asymptotes, so it has no highest or lowest value.
Method. Use the symmetry of the sin graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 150° is related to 30°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.150° = 180° − 30° (a second-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of sin x: in the second quarter the curve is above the x-axis.sin 150° is positive.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.sin 150° = 0.5 = 0.5
Check. On a calculator, sin 150° = 0.500, which matches 0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the sin graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 210° is related to 30°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.210° = 180° + 30° (a third-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of sin x: in the third quarter the curve is below the x-axis.sin 210° is negative.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.sin 210° = −0.5 = −0.5
Check. On a calculator, sin 210° = −0.500, which matches −0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the sin graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 330° is related to 30°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.330° = 360° − 30° (a fourth-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of sin x: in the fourth quarter the curve is below the x-axis.sin 330° is negative.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.sin 330° = −0.5 = −0.5
Check. On a calculator, sin 330° = −0.500, which matches −0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the cos graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 120° is related to 60°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.120° = 180° − 60° (a second-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of cos x: in the second quarter the curve is below the x-axis.cos 120° is negative.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.cos 120° = −0.5 = −0.5
Check. On a calculator, cos 120° = −0.500, which matches −0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the cos graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 240° is related to 60°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.240° = 180° + 60° (a third-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of cos x: in the third quarter the curve is below the x-axis.cos 240° is negative.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.cos 240° = −0.5 = −0.5
Check. On a calculator, cos 240° = −0.500, which matches −0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the cos graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 300° is related to 60°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.300° = 360° − 60° (a fourth-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of cos x: in the fourth quarter the curve is above the x-axis.cos 300° is positive.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.cos 300° = 0.5 = 0.5
Check. On a calculator, cos 300° = 0.500, which matches 0.5. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the tan graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 135° is related to 45°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.135° = 180° − 45° (a second-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of tan x: in the second quarter the curve is below the x-axis.tan 135° is negative.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.tan 135° = −1 = −1
Check. On a calculator, tan 135° = −1.000, which matches −1. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the tan graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 225° is related to 45°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.225° = 180° + 45° (a third-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of tan x: in the third quarter the curve is above the x-axis.tan 225° is positive.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.tan 225° = 1 = 1
Check. On a calculator, tan 225° = 1.000, which matches 1. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Method. Use the symmetry of the tan graph: the size of the value is the same as for the related acute angle, and the sign comes from the quarter.
- Find how 315° is related to 45°. Use the cycle of 360°: angles in the first quarter are 0° to 90°, second 90° to 180°, third 180° to 270°, fourth 270° to 360°.315° = 360° − 45° (a fourth-quarter angle)
- Decide whether the value is positive or negative. Look at the graph of tan x: in the fourth quarter the curve is below the x-axis.tan 315° is negative.
- Use the same size with the correct sign. The graph is a mirror image (or turned image) of the first quarter, so the size of the value is the same.tan 315° = −1 = −1
Check. On a calculator, tan 315° = −1.000, which matches −1. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget the sign. Check whether the curve is above or below the axis at that angle.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = 0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.5 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(0.5) = 30°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − 30 = 150
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.30, 150
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 30° = 0.50; sin 150° = 0.50 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.50). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = 0.8 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.8 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(0.8) = 53.1°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − 53.1 = 126.9
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.53.1, 126.9
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 53.1° = 0.80; sin 126.9° = 0.80 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.80). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = −0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.5 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(−0.5) = −30°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − (−30) = 210
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.210, 330
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.210, 330
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 210° = −0.50; sin 330° = −0.50 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −0.50). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = −0.9 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.9 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(−0.9) = −64.2°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − (−64.2) = 244.2
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.244.2, 295.8
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.244.2, 295.8
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 244.2° = −0.90; sin 295.8° = −0.90 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −0.90). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the cos graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of cos x = 0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.5 crosses the graph of y = cos x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.cos−1(0.5) = 60°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The cosine graph is symmetrical about x = 0° and x = 180°. So the second solution is the negative of the first, then add 360° to bring it into the range.−60 + 360 = 300
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.60, 300
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.60, 300
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: cos 60° = 0.50; cos 300° = 0.50 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.50). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the cos graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of cos x = −0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.5 crosses the graph of y = cos x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.cos−1(−0.5) = 120°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The cosine graph is symmetrical about x = 0° and x = 180°. So the second solution is the negative of the first, then add 360° to bring it into the range.−120 + 360 = 240
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.120, 240
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.120, 240
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: cos 120° = −0.50; cos 240° = −0.50 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −0.50). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the cos graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of cos x = 0.2 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.2 crosses the graph of y = cos x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.cos−1(0.2) = 78.5°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The cosine graph is symmetrical about x = 0° and x = 180°. So the second solution is the negative of the first, then add 360° to bring it into the range.−78.5 + 360 = 281.5
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.78.5, 281.5
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.78.5, 281.5
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: cos 78.5° = 0.20; cos 281.5° = 0.20 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.20). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the cos graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of cos x = −0.7 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.7 crosses the graph of y = cos x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.cos−1(−0.7) = 134.4°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The cosine graph is symmetrical about x = 0° and x = 180°. So the second solution is the negative of the first, then add 360° to bring it into the range.−134.4 + 360 = 225.6
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.134.4, 225.6
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.134.4, 225.6
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: cos 134.4° = −0.70; cos 225.6° = −0.70 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −0.70). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the tan graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of tan x = 1 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 1 crosses the graph of y = tan x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.tan−1(1) = 45°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The tangent graph repeats every 180°, so the other solutions are found by adding (or subtracting) 180°.45 + 180 = 225
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 180°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.45, 225
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.45, 225
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: tan 45° = 1.00; tan 225° = 1.00 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 1.00). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the tan graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of tan x = −1 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −1 crosses the graph of y = tan x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.tan−1(−1) = −45°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The tangent graph repeats every 180°, so the other solutions are found by adding (or subtracting) 180°.−45 + 180 = 135
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 180°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.135, 315
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.135, 315
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: tan 135° = −1.00; tan 315° = −1.00 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −1.00). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the tan graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of tan x = 3 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 3 crosses the graph of y = tan x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.tan−1(3) = 71.6°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The tangent graph repeats every 180°, so the other solutions are found by adding (or subtracting) 180°.71.6 + 180 = 251.6
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 180°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.71.6, 251.6
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.71.6, 251.6
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: tan 71.6° = 3.00; tan 251.6° = 3.00 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 3.00). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the tan graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of tan x = −0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.5 crosses the graph of y = tan x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.tan−1(−0.5) = −26.6°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The tangent graph repeats every 180°, so the other solutions are found by adding (or subtracting) 180°.−26.6 + 180 = 153.4
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 180°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.153.4, 333.4
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.153.4, 333.4
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: tan 153.4° = −0.50; tan 333.4° = −0.50 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −0.50). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = 0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.5 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between -180° and 180° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(0.5) = 30°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − 30 = 150
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range -180° ≤ x ≤ 180°.30, 150
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 30° = 0.50; sin 150° = 0.50 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.50). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the cos graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of cos x = 0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.5 crosses the graph of y = cos x. Between -180° and 180° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.cos−1(0.5) = 60°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The cosine graph is symmetrical about x = 0° and x = 180°. So the second solution is the negative of the first, then add 360° to bring it into the range.−60 + 360 = 300
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range -180° ≤ x ≤ 180°.−60, 60
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: cos −60° = 0.50; cos 60° = 0.50 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.50). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the tan graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of tan x = 1 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 1 crosses the graph of y = tan x. Between -180° and 180° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.tan−1(1) = 45°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The tangent graph repeats every 180°, so the other solutions are found by adding (or subtracting) 180°.45 + 180 = 225
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 180°. Keep only answers from -180° to 180°.−135, 45
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range -180° ≤ x ≤ 180°.−135, 45
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: tan −135° = 1.00; tan 45° = 1.00 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 1.00). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = −0.4 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.4 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between -180° and 180° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(−0.4) = −23.6°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − (−23.6) = 203.6
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from -180° to 180°.−156.4, −23.6
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range -180° ≤ x ≤ 180°.−156.4, −23.6
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin −156.4° = −0.40; sin −23.6° = −0.40 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about −0.40). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = 0.3 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.3 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 720° it crosses 4 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(0.3) = 17.5°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − 17.5 = 162.5
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 720°.17.5, 162.5, 377.5, 522.5
- Write the solutions. There are 4 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 720°.17.5, 162.5, 377.5, 522.5
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 17.5° = 0.30; sin 162.5° = 0.30; sin 377.5° = 0.30; sin 522.5° = 0.30 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.30). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Method. Read the amplitude, the period and the middle line from the graph, then match them to y = a sin(bx) + d (or cos).
- Read the maximum and minimum values. The graph oscillates between a highest and lowest value.maximum = 3, minimum = −3
- Find the amplitude and the middle line. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and the minimum. The middle line is halfway between them.amplitude = (3 − (−3)) ÷ 2 = 3
middle line: y = (3 + (−3)) ÷ 2 = 0 - Read the period (the length of one full cycle). The standard sin graph has period 360°. If one cycle takes 360° then the angle is multiplied by 1.period = 360° ⇒ b = 360 ÷ 360 = 1
- Write the equation. Use y = a sin (bx) + d with a = 3, b = 1, d = 0.y = 3 sin x
Check. Test one point: when x = 0, the equation gives 0.00, and the graph passes through that value. ✓
Watch out. The period is the length of one whole cycle, not half of it.
Method. Read the amplitude, the period and the middle line from the graph, then match them to y = a sin(bx) + d (or cos).
- Read the maximum and minimum values. The graph oscillates between a highest and lowest value.maximum = 1, minimum = −1
- Find the amplitude and the middle line. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and the minimum. The middle line is halfway between them.amplitude = (1 − (−1)) ÷ 2 = 1
middle line: y = (1 + (−1)) ÷ 2 = 0 - Read the period (the length of one full cycle). The standard cos graph has period 360°. If one cycle takes 180° then the angle is multiplied by 2.period = 180° ⇒ b = 360 ÷ 180 = 2
- Write the equation. Use y = a cos (bx) + d with a = 1, b = 2, d = 0.y = cos 2x
Check. Test one point: when x = 0, the equation gives 1.00, and the graph passes through that value. ✓
Watch out. The period is the length of one whole cycle, not half of it.
Method. Read the amplitude, the period and the middle line from the graph, then match them to y = a sin(bx) + d (or cos).
- Read the maximum and minimum values. The graph oscillates between a highest and lowest value.maximum = 3, minimum = −1
- Find the amplitude and the middle line. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and the minimum. The middle line is halfway between them.amplitude = (3 − (−1)) ÷ 2 = 2
middle line: y = (3 + (−1)) ÷ 2 = 1 - Read the period (the length of one full cycle). The standard sin graph has period 360°. If one cycle takes 360° then the angle is multiplied by 1.period = 360° ⇒ b = 360 ÷ 360 = 1
- Write the equation. Use y = a sin (bx) + d with a = 2, b = 1, d = 1.y = 2 sin x + 1
Check. Test one point: when x = 0, the equation gives 1.00, and the graph passes through that value. ✓
Watch out. The period is the length of one whole cycle, not half of it.
Method. For y = a sin(bx) + d or y = a cos(bx) + d: the maximum is d + a, the minimum is d − a, and the period is 360° ÷ b.
- Find the maximum and minimum. The amplitude a is how far the wave goes above and below its middle line y = d.maximum = 0 + 2 = 2
minimum = 0 − 2 = −2 - Find the period. The pattern repeats after 360° divided by the number multiplying x.period = 360° ÷ 1 = 360°
- Find the y-intercept. Put x = 0 into the equation.y = 2 cos 0° = 2
Check. The maximum and minimum are 2 and −2, so the wave is centred on 0. ✓
Watch out. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and minimum, not the whole distance.
Method. For y = a sin(bx) + d or y = a cos(bx) + d: the maximum is d + a, the minimum is d − a, and the period is 360° ÷ b.
- Find the maximum and minimum. The amplitude a is how far the wave goes above and below its middle line y = d.maximum = 1 + 1 = 2
minimum = 1 − 1 = 0 - Find the period. The pattern repeats after 360° divided by the number multiplying x.period = 360° ÷ 3 = 120°
- Find the y-intercept. Put x = 0 into the equation.y = sin 0° + 1 = 1
Check. The maximum and minimum are 2 and 0, so the wave is centred on 1. ✓
Watch out. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and minimum, not the whole distance.
Method. For y = a sin(bx) + d or y = a cos(bx) + d: the maximum is d + a, the minimum is d − a, and the period is 360° ÷ b.
- Find the maximum and minimum. The amplitude a is how far the wave goes above and below its middle line y = d.maximum = −1 + 4 = 3
minimum = −1 − 4 = −5 - Find the period. The pattern repeats after 360° divided by the number multiplying x.period = 360° ÷ 2 = 180°
- Find the y-intercept. Put x = 0 into the equation.y = 4 cos 0° − 1 = 3
Check. The maximum and minimum are 3 and −5, so the wave is centred on −1. ✓
Watch out. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and minimum, not the whole distance.
Method. Substitute the times into the formula. Remember 30t is the angle in degrees.
- At t = 3. The angle is 30 × 3 = 90°.h = 5 + 3 sin 90° = 5 + 3 × 1 = 8
- At t = 9. The angle is 30 × 9 = 270°.h = 5 + 3 sin 270° = 5 + 3 × (−1) = 2
Check. High tide is 8 m, low tide 2 m. ✓
Watch out. Use the angle 30t, not t, in the sine.
Method. The sine part goes between −1 and 1.
- Greatest depth. The biggest value of sin is 1.5 + 3 × 1 = 8
- Least depth. The smallest value of sin is −1.5 + 3 × (−1) = 2
Check. The depth varies by 3 m either side of 5 m. ✓
Watch out. Put −1 in brackets.
Method. Set the depth equal to 6.5 and solve for t using the graph of sine.
- Write the equation. 5 + 3 sin(30t)° = 6.5
- Rearrange to get sin on its own. Subtract 5, then divide by 3.3 sin(30t)° = 1.5, so sin(30t)° = 0.5
- Solve for the angle. sin 30° = 0.5, and the other solution in the cycle is 180° − 30° = 150°.30t = 30 or 30t = 150
- Divide by 30. t = 1 or t = 5
Check. At t = 1: 5 + 3 sin 30° = 5 + 1.5 = 6.5. At t = 5: 5 + 3 sin 150° = 6.5. ✓
Watch out. The range 0 ≤ t ≤ 12 means the angle 30t goes up to 360°, so there are two solutions.
Method. Use the translation rule f(x − 90) and compare values from a table.
- Describe the translation. Subtracting 90 inside the bracket moves the graph 90 to the right.translation by the vector (90°, 0)
- Work out the values. For each x, find x − 90 then take the cosine.
x x − 90° cos(x − 90°) sin x 0° -90° 0.00 0.00 30° -60° 0.50 0.50 90° 0° 1.00 1.00 150° 60° 0.50 0.50 - Compare. The two columns are equal in every row.So cos(x − 90°) = sin x
Check. The cosine graph starts at its maximum at x = 0. Moving it 90° right puts the maximum at 90°, which is where sin x has its maximum. ✓
Watch out. A translation to the right means subtracting inside the bracket.
Method. Think about the range of values each graph covers.
- Look at the range of sin x. The sine graph never goes above 1 or below −1.−1 ≤ sin x ≤ 1
- Compare with 2. 2 is bigger than the maximum value of sin x, so the horizontal line y = 2 never meets the graph.sin x = 2 has no solutions.
- Look at the range of tan x. The tangent graph rises without limit near each asymptote, so it takes every value, however large.tan x = 2000 has solutions (about 89.97° and 269.97°).
Check. Calculator: tan−1(2000) = 89.97°. And sin−1(2) gives a maths error. ✓
Watch out. The calculator showing an error for sin−1(2) is telling you there is no solution.
Method. First rearrange to get sin x on its own. Then solve it using the graph and the inverse button.
- Write the equation. 2 sin x + 1 = 0
- Subtract 1 from both sides. We want sin x on its own, so undo the + 1 first.2 sin x = −1
- Divide both sides by 2. The sin is multiplied by 2.sin x = −1 ÷ 2 = −0.5
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = −0.5 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.5 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(−0.5) = −30°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − (−30) = 210
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.210, 330
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.210, 330
Check. Put the first answer into the original equation: 2 sin x + 1 with x = 210° gives 0.00, which is 0 to 2 d.p. ✓
Watch out. Rearrange before using the inverse button. Do not put the 2 or the +1 into the calculator with the angle.
Method. First rearrange to get cos x on its own. Then solve it using the graph and the inverse button.
- Write the equation. 2 cos x + 1 = 0.2
- Subtract 1 from both sides. We want cos x on its own, so undo the + 1 first.2 cos x = −0.8
- Divide both sides by 2. The cos is multiplied by 2.cos x = −0.8 ÷ 2 = −0.4
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of cos x = −0.4 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = −0.4 crosses the graph of y = cos x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.cos−1(−0.4) = 113.6°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The cosine graph is symmetrical about x = 0° and x = 180°. So the second solution is the negative of the first, then add 360° to bring it into the range.−113.6 + 360 = 246.4
- Add or subtract whole cycles until every answer is in the range. The graph repeats every 360°. Keep only answers from 0° to 360°.113.6, 246.4
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.113.6, 246.4
Check. Put the first answer into the original equation: 2 cos x + 1 with x = 113.6° gives 0.20, which is 0.2 to 2 d.p. ✓
Watch out. Rearrange before using the inverse button. Do not put the 2 or the +1 into the calculator with the angle.
Method. At a crossing point sin x = cos x. Divide both sides by cos x and use tan x = sin x ÷ cos x.
- Write what happens at a crossing point. The two curves have the same height there.sin x = cos x
- Divide both sides by cos x. This is allowed because cos x is not 0 at these points (if it were, sin x would be ±1, not 0).sin x ÷ cos x = 1
- Use tan x = sin x ÷ cos x. tan x = 1
- Solve for 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°. The calculator gives 45°. The tangent graph repeats every 180°, so add 180°.x = 45° or 45° + 180° = 225°
Check. sin 45° = cos 45° = 0.707 and sin 225° = cos 225° = −0.707. ✓
Watch out. Do not divide by sin x or cos x without checking that it is not zero.
Exponential graphs, growth and decay
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Imagine a rumour. On day 0 one person knows it. Each day every person who knows it tells one more person, so the number doubles: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, … The number after x days is 2x. A function with the unknown x in the power is called an exponential function. The general form is y = kx, where k is a positive number called the base.
To draw the graph, make a table of values. For y = 2x: 20 = 1 (any number to the power 0 is 1), 21 = 2, 22 = 4, 23 = 8, and for negative powers 2−1 = 1/2, 2−2 = 1/4. Every graph of y = kx has the same key features:
- it passes through (0, 1), because k0 = 1;
- it is always above the x-axis (y is never zero or negative), and the x-axis is an asymptote;
- if k > 1 the graph rises faster and faster: this is exponential growth;
- if 0 < k < 1 the graph falls, steeply at first and then more slowly towards the axis: this is exponential decay.
Growth and decay problems. Exponential functions model real situations where something changes by the same percentage in every period: compound interest, a growing population, a falling car value, a medicine leaving the body. You met the idea in Chapter 5. The method is:
- Find the multiplier for one period: for an increase of r% it is 1 + r/100; for a decrease it is 1 − r/100.
- The amount after n periods is starting amount × (multiplier)n.
- Use a calculator for the power. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.
To find when an amount reaches a target, build a table of values period by period (or use trial and improvement) until you pass the target. For a quantity that halves every T units of time (a half-life) the amount is start × (1/2)time ÷ T.
If a graph passes through (0, a), then y = a × kx: the a is the starting value. A second point gives k.
Key ideas
- y = kx passes through (0, 1), is always positive, and has the x-axis as an asymptote. k > 1: growth. 0 < k < 1: decay.
- k0 = 1 and k−n = 1/kn.
- Multiplier: increase r% = 1 + r/100; decrease r% = 1 − r/100. After n periods: start × multipliern.
- To find a time, use a table or trial and improvement.
- Through (0, a): y = a × kx. Use a second point to find k.
Key words. In 2x the number 2 is the base and x is the power (or index). A function with x in the power is an exponential function.
Method. Substitute each value of x into y = 2x and work out the power.
- Remember what a power means. 2x means 2 multiplied by itself x times. A power of 0 gives 1. A negative power means 1 divided by the positive power.
- Work out each value. Take the powers one at a time.x = −2: 2−2 = 1 ÷ 22 = 1 ÷ 4 = 0.25
x = −1: 2−1 = 1 ÷ 21 = 1 ÷ 2 = 0.5
x = 0: 20 = 1 (any number to the power 0 is 1)
x = 1: 21 = 2
x = 2: 22 = 2 × 2 = 4
x = 3: 23 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8
x = 4: 24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 16 - Write the values in the table.
x −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 2x 0.25 0.5 1 2 4 8 16
Check. Each value in the table is 2 times the one before it (reading left to right). ✓
Watch out. A negative power does not make the answer negative: 2−3 is 1/8, not −8.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of years, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the growth multiplier. An increase of 4% means we add 4% of the amount. So we are left with 100% + 4% = 104% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.104% = 104 ÷ 100 = 1.04
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 1.04 once for each year. After n years we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.V = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = £3000, multiplier = 1.04, n = 5. Replace each letter by its value.V = £3000 × 1.045
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 1.045 first, then multiply by 3000. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.1.045 = 1.21665
V = £3000 × 1.21665 = 3649.96 - Round sensibly. Money is rounded to the nearest penny (2 decimal places).V = £3649.96
Check. Check the direction: the amount increases, so the answer should be bigger than £3000. It is £3649.96. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of years, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the decay multiplier. A decrease of 15% means we take away 15% of the amount. So we are left with 100% − 15% = 85% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.85% = 85 ÷ 100 = 0.85
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 0.85 once for each year. After n years we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.V = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = £14000, multiplier = 0.85, n = 3. Replace each letter by its value.V = £14000 × 0.853
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 0.853 first, then multiply by 14000. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.0.853 = 0.614125
V = £14000 × 0.614125 = 8597.75 - Round sensibly. Money is rounded to the nearest penny (2 decimal places).V = £8597.75
Check. Check the direction: the amount decreases, so the answer should be smaller than £14000. It is £8597.75. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Method. Use the multiplier repeatedly, building a table, until the amount reaches the target.
- Find the multiplier. Each year the amount is multiplied by the same number.103% = 1.03
- Work out the amount at the end of each year. Multiply by 1.03 each time. Stop as soon as the amount reaches or passes £1000.
After n years Amount 0 £800.00 1 £824.00 2 £848.72 3 £874.18 4 £900.41 5 £927.42 6 £955.24 7 £983.90 8 £1013.42 - Read off the answer. The first row that reaches or passes £1000 is after 8 years.n = 8
Check. Use the formula: £800 × 1.038 = £1013.42 (above £1000) but after 7 years it is £983.90 (not yet there). ✓
Watch out. Count the years carefully. The row marked 0 is the start, before any year has passed.
Method. Use the point on the y-axis to find a, then use the second point to find k.
- Write the general form. An exponential graph through the given points has the form y = a × kx, where a is the starting value and k is the multiplier.y = a × kx
- Use the point with x = 0 to find a. Any number to the power 0 is 1, so when x = 0 we get y = a × 1 = a.(0, 3) ⇒ a = 3
- Use the point (4, 48) to find k. Substitute x and y and then divide by a.48 = 3 × k4
k4 = 48 ÷ 3 = 16 - Find the number that gives this value when raised to the power. Ask: which number multiplied by itself 4 times gives 16?24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 16, so k = 2
- Write the equation. y = 3 × 2x
Check. Test the second point: x = 4 gives 3 × 24 = 3 × 16 = 48. ✓
Watch out. Divide by a before looking for the power. Do not square-root or cube-root until you have kn alone.
Watch out
A 20% increase followed by a 20% decrease does not return you to the start. Do not add the percentage on every year: multiply by the multiplier every year. And remember a negative power does not make a negative answer: 2−3 = 1/8.Exercise 25F Exponential graphs, growth and decay
Calculator allowedKey words. In 2x the number 2 is the base and x is the power (or index). A function with x in the power is an exponential function.
Method. Substitute each value of x into y = 2x and work out the power.
- Remember what a power means. 2x means 2 multiplied by itself x times. A power of 0 gives 1. A negative power means 1 divided by the positive power.
- Work out each value. Take the powers one at a time.x = −2: 2−2 = 1 ÷ 22 = 1 ÷ 4 = 0.25
x = 0: 20 = 1 (any number to the power 0 is 1)
x = 2: 22 = 2 × 2 = 4
x = 4: 24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 16 - Write the values in the table.
x −2 0 2 4 2x 0.25 1 4 16
Check. Each value in the table is 2 times the one before it (reading left to right). ✓
Watch out. A negative power does not make the answer negative: 2−3 is 1/8, not −8.
Key words. In 2x the number 2 is the base and x is the power (or index). A function with x in the power is an exponential function.
Method. Substitute each value of x into y = 3x and work out the power.
- Remember what a power means. 3x means 3 multiplied by itself x times. A power of 0 gives 1. A negative power means 1 divided by the positive power.
- Work out each value. Take the powers one at a time.x = −2: 3−2 = 1 ÷ 32 = 1 ÷ 9 = 19
x = −1: 3−1 = 1 ÷ 31 = 1 ÷ 3 = 13
x = 0: 30 = 1 (any number to the power 0 is 1)
x = 1: 31 = 3
x = 2: 32 = 3 × 3 = 9 - Write the values in the table.
x −2 −1 0 1 2 3x 19 13 1 3 9
Check. Each value in the table is 3 times the one before it (reading left to right). ✓
Watch out. A negative power does not make the answer negative: 2−3 is 1/8, not −8.
Key words. In 2x the number 2 is the base and x is the power (or index). A function with x in the power is an exponential function.
Method. Substitute each value of x into y = 10x and work out the power.
- Remember what a power means. 10x means 10 multiplied by itself x times. A power of 0 gives 1. A negative power means 1 divided by the positive power.
- Work out each value. Take the powers one at a time.x = −2: 10−2 = 1 ÷ 102 = 1 ÷ 100 = 0.01
x = −1: 10−1 = 1 ÷ 101 = 1 ÷ 10 = 0.1
x = 0: 100 = 1 (any number to the power 0 is 1)
x = 1: 101 = 10
x = 2: 102 = 10 × 10 = 100 - Write the values in the table.
x −2 −1 0 1 2 10x 0.01 0.1 1 10 100
Check. Each value in the table is 10 times the one before it (reading left to right). ✓
Watch out. A negative power does not make the answer negative: 2−3 is 1/8, not −8.
Key words. In 2x the number 2 is the base and x is the power (or index). A function with x in the power is an exponential function.
Method. Substitute each value of x into y = 0.5x and work out the power.
- Remember what a power means. 0.5x means 0.5 multiplied by itself x times. A power of 0 gives 1. A negative power means 1 divided by the positive power.
- Work out each value. Take the powers one at a time.x = −3: 0.5−3 = 1 ÷ 0.53 = 1 ÷ 0.125 = 8
x = −1: 0.5−1 = 1 ÷ 0.51 = 1 ÷ 0.5 = 2
x = 0: 0.50 = 1 (any number to the power 0 is 1)
x = 2: 0.52 = 0.5 × 0.5 = 0.25
x = 4: 0.54 = 0.5 × 0.5 × 0.5 × 0.5 = 0.0625 - Write the values in the table.
x −3 −1 0 2 4 0.5x 8 2 1 0.25 0.0625
Check. Moving one step to the right multiplies the value by 0.5. ✓
Watch out. A negative power does not make the answer negative: 2−3 is 1/8, not −8.
Method. Go up from x = 2.5 to the curve, then across to the y-axis.
- Find the known points either side. The graph shows (2, 4) and (3, 8).22 = 4 and 23 = 8
- Read the graph between them. At x = 2.5 the curve is between 4 and 8, and nearer to 6 than 5 because the curve is bending upwards.22.5 ≈ 5.7
Check. Calculator: 22.5 = 5.66. ✓
Watch out. The curve bends, so do not just take the midpoint (6) of 4 and 8; the true value is a little below.
Method. Go across from y = 10 to the curve, then down to the x-axis.
- Find the known points either side. The graph shows (3, 8); the next whole power is 24 = 16.23 = 8 and 24 = 16
- Read the graph. 10 is between 8 and 16, so x is between 3 and 4, a little more than 3.x ≈ 3.3
Check. Calculator: 23.3 = 9.85, close to 10. ✓
Watch out. 10 is closer to 8 than to 16, so x is closer to 3 than 4.
Method. Work out the value of y when x = 1 and compare it with the diagram.
- Substitute x = 1. The graphs cross the line x = 1 at different heights.y = 21 = 2
- Decide which graph. At x = 1 the blue graph is at height 2 and it rises to the right.graph A
Check. Growth graphs rise to the right, the decay graph falls. ✓
Watch out. The steepest rising graph has the biggest base.
Method. Work out the value of y when x = 1 and compare it with the diagram.
- Substitute x = 1. The graphs cross the line x = 1 at different heights.y = 31 = 3
- Decide which graph. At x = 1 the orange graph is at height 3, the highest, and it rises to the right.graph B
Check. Growth graphs rise to the right, the decay graph falls. ✓
Watch out. The steepest rising graph has the biggest base.
Method. Work out the value of y when x = 1 and compare it with the diagram.
- Substitute x = 1. The graphs cross the line x = 1 at different heights.y = 1/21 = 0.5
- Decide which graph. At x = 1 the green graph is at height 0.5, and it falls to the right.graph C
Check. Growth graphs rise to the right, the decay graph falls. ✓
Watch out. The steepest rising graph has the biggest base.
Method. Compare the base with 1: bigger than 1 means growth, between 0 and 1 means decay.
- Look at the base. The base is 1.05.1.05 > 1
- Decide. Each time x goes up by 1, y is multiplied by the base: bigger each time.exponential growth
Check. Try x = 0 and x = 1: y = 1 then 1.05, which is bigger. ✓
Watch out. A base between 0 and 1, such as 0.9, means decay even though it is a positive number.
Method. Compare the base with 1: bigger than 1 means growth, between 0 and 1 means decay.
- Look at the base. The base is 0.9.0.9 < 1
- Decide. Each time x goes up by 1, y is multiplied by the base: smaller each time.exponential decay
Check. Try x = 0 and x = 1: y = 1 then 0.9, which is smaller. ✓
Watch out. A base between 0 and 1, such as 0.9, means decay even though it is a positive number.
Method. Compare the base with 1: bigger than 1 means growth, between 0 and 1 means decay.
- Look at the base. The base is 7.7 > 1
- Decide. Each time x goes up by 1, y is multiplied by the base: bigger each time.exponential growth
Check. Try x = 0 and x = 1: y = 1 then 7, which is bigger. ✓
Watch out. A base between 0 and 1, such as 0.9, means decay even though it is a positive number.
Method. Compare the base with 1: bigger than 1 means growth, between 0 and 1 means decay.
- Look at the base. The base is 0.75.0.75 < 1
- Decide. Each time x goes up by 1, y is multiplied by the base: smaller each time.exponential decay
Check. Try x = 0 and x = 1: y = 1 then 0.75, which is smaller. ✓
Watch out. A base between 0 and 1, such as 0.9, means decay even though it is a positive number.
Method. Compare the base with 1: bigger than 1 means growth, between 0 and 1 means decay.
- Look at the base. The base is 0.99.0.99 < 1
- Decide. Each time x goes up by 1, y is multiplied by the base: smaller each time.exponential decay
Check. Try x = 0 and x = 1: y = 1 then 0.99, which is smaller. ✓
Watch out. A base between 0 and 1, such as 0.9, means decay even though it is a positive number.
Method. Try whole-number powers of 2 until the value matches 32. A power 0 gives 1, a negative power is 1 divided by the positive power.
- Write the equation. We need the power (the index) that turns the base into the target.2x = 32
- Work out powers of the base. Start near the answer. Remember that going up one power multiplies by the base.20 = 1
21 = 2
22 = 4
23 = 8
24 = 16
25 = 32 - Pick the matching power. x = 5
Check. 25 = 32. ✓
Watch out. A negative power means a reciprocal: 5−2 = 1/25, not −25.
Method. Try whole-number powers of 3 until the value matches 81. A power 0 gives 1, a negative power is 1 divided by the positive power.
- Write the equation. We need the power (the index) that turns the base into the target.3x = 81
- Work out powers of the base. Start near the answer. Remember that going up one power multiplies by the base.3−1 = 13
30 = 1
31 = 3
32 = 9
33 = 27
34 = 81 - Pick the matching power. x = 4
Check. 34 = 81. ✓
Watch out. A negative power means a reciprocal: 5−2 = 1/25, not −25.
Method. Try whole-number powers of 5 until the value matches 0.04. A power 0 gives 1, a negative power is 1 divided by the positive power.
- Write the equation. We need the power (the index) that turns the base into the target.5x = 0.04
- Work out powers of the base. Start near the answer. Remember that going up one power multiplies by the base.5−3 = 0.008
5−2 = 0.04 - Pick the matching power. x = −2
Check. 5−2 = 0.04. ✓
Watch out. A negative power means a reciprocal: 5−2 = 1/25, not −25.
Method. Try whole-number powers of 0.5 until the value matches 64. A power 0 gives 1, a negative power is 1 divided by the positive power.
- Write the equation. We need the power (the index) that turns the base into the target.0.5x = 64
- Work out powers of the base. Remember the base is less than 1, so the values get smaller as the power increases and bigger when the power is negative.0.5−6 = 64
- Pick the matching power. x = −6
Check. 0.5−6 = 64. ✓
Watch out. A negative power means a reciprocal: 5−2 = 1/25, not −25.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of years, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the growth multiplier. An increase of 4% means we add 4% of the amount. So we are left with 100% + 4% = 104% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.104% = 104 ÷ 100 = 1.04
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 1.04 once for each year. After n years we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.V = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = £3000, multiplier = 1.04, n = 6. Replace each letter by its value.V = £3000 × 1.046
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 1.046 first, then multiply by 3000. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.1.046 = 1.26532
V = £3000 × 1.26532 = 3795.96 - Round sensibly. Money is rounded to the nearest penny (2 decimal places).V = £3795.96
Check. Check the direction: the amount increases, so the answer should be bigger than £3000. It is £3795.96. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of years, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the growth multiplier. An increase of 2.5% means we add 2.5% of the amount. So we are left with 100% + 2.5% = 102.5% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.102.5% = 102.5 ÷ 100 = 1.025
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 1.025 once for each year. After n years we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.P = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = 24000, multiplier = 1.025, n = 8. Replace each letter by its value.P = 24000 × 1.0258
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 1.0258 first, then multiply by 24000. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.1.0258 = 1.2184
P = 24000 × 1.2184 = 29241.7 - Round sensibly. A population or count must be a whole number, so round to the nearest whole number.P = 29242
Check. Check the direction: the amount increases, so the answer should be bigger than 24000. It is 29242. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of years, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the decay multiplier. A decrease of 12% means we take away 12% of the amount. So we are left with 100% − 12% = 88% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.88% = 88 ÷ 100 = 0.88
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 0.88 once for each year. After n years we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.V = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = £9500, multiplier = 0.88, n = 4. Replace each letter by its value.V = £9500 × 0.884
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 0.884 first, then multiply by 9500. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.0.884 = 0.599695
V = £9500 × 0.599695 = 5697.11 - Round sensibly. Money is rounded to the nearest penny (2 decimal places).V = £5697.11
Check. Check the direction: the amount decreases, so the answer should be smaller than £9500. It is £5697.11. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of days, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the decay multiplier. A decrease of 6% means we take away 6% of the amount. So we are left with 100% − 6% = 94% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.94% = 94 ÷ 100 = 0.94
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 0.94 once for each day. After n days we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.M = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = 500 g, multiplier = 0.94, n = 10. Replace each letter by its value.M = 500 × 0.9410
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 0.9410 first, then multiply by 500. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.0.9410 = 0.538615
M = 500 × 0.538615 = 269.308 - Round sensibly. Round to 3 significant figures.M = 269 g
Check. Check the direction: the amount decreases, so the answer should be smaller than 500. It is 269. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Method. Use the multiplier repeatedly, building a table, until the amount reaches the target.
- Find the multiplier. Each year the amount is multiplied by the same number.103% = 1.03
- Work out the amount at the end of each year. Multiply by 1.03 each time. Stop as soon as the amount reaches or passes £1000.
After n years Amount 0 £800.00 1 £824.00 2 £848.72 3 £874.18 4 £900.41 5 £927.42 6 £955.24 7 £983.90 8 £1013.42 - Read off the answer. The first row that reaches or passes £1000 is after 8 years.n = 8
Check. Use the formula: £800 × 1.038 = £1013.42 (above £1000) but after 7 years it is £983.90 (not yet there). ✓
Watch out. Count the years carefully. The row marked 0 is the start, before any year has passed.
Method. Use the multiplier repeatedly, building a table, until the amount falls to the target.
- Find the multiplier. Each hour the amount is multiplied by the same number.80% = 0.8
- Work out the amount at the end of each hour. Multiply by 0.8 each time. Stop as soon as the amount falls to or below 50 mg.
After n hours Amount 0 200.0 mg 1 160.0 mg 2 128.0 mg 3 102.4 mg 4 81.9 mg 5 65.5 mg 6 52.4 mg 7 41.9 mg - Read off the answer. The first row that is at or below 50 mg is after 7 hours.n = 7
Check. Use the formula: 200 × 0.87 = 41.9 mg (below 50) but after 6 hours it is 52.4 mg (not yet there). ✓
Watch out. Count the hours carefully. The row marked 0 is the start, before any hour has passed.
Method. Put t in and work out the power. Each 5 days halves the mass.
- Find t ÷ 5. This is the number of halvings.5 ÷ 5 = 1
- Halve that many times. (1/2)1 = 0.5M = 80 × 0.5 = 40
Check. Halve 80 repeatedly: 80 → 40. ✓
Watch out. Halving three times means (1/2)3 = 1/8, not 3 × 1/2.
Method. Put t in and work out the power. Each 5 days halves the mass.
- Find t ÷ 5. This is the number of halvings.15 ÷ 5 = 3
- Halve that many times. (1/2)3 = 0.125M = 80 × 0.125 = 10
Check. Halve 80 repeatedly: 80 → 40 → 20 → 10. ✓
Watch out. Halving three times means (1/2)3 = 1/8, not 3 × 1/2.
Method. Put t in and work out the power. Each 5 days halves the mass.
- Find t ÷ 5. This is the number of halvings.25 ÷ 5 = 5
- Halve that many times. (1/2)5 = 0.03125M = 80 × 0.03125 = 2.5
Check. Halve 80 repeatedly: 80 → 40 → 20 → 10 → 5 → 2.5. ✓
Watch out. Halving three times means (1/2)3 = 1/8, not 3 × 1/2.
Method. Use the point on the y-axis to find a, then use the second point to find k.
- Write the general form. An exponential graph through the given points has the form y = a × kx, where a is the starting value and k is the multiplier.y = a × kx
- Use the point with x = 0 to find a. Any number to the power 0 is 1, so when x = 0 we get y = a × 1 = a.(0, 3) ⇒ a = 3
- Use the point (4, 48) to find k. Substitute x and y and then divide by a.48 = 3 × k4
k4 = 48 ÷ 3 = 16 - Find the number that gives this value when raised to the power. Ask: which number multiplied by itself 4 times gives 16?24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 16, so k = 2
- Write the equation. y = 3 × 2x
Check. Test the second point: x = 4 gives 3 × 24 = 3 × 16 = 48. ✓
Watch out. Divide by a before looking for the power. Do not square-root or cube-root until you have kn alone.
Method. Use the point on the y-axis to find a, then use the second point to find k.
- Write the general form. An exponential graph through the given points has the form y = a × kx, where a is the starting value and k is the multiplier.y = a × kx
- Use the point with x = 0 to find a. Any number to the power 0 is 1, so when x = 0 we get y = a × 1 = a.(0, 5) ⇒ a = 5
- Use the point (3, 135) to find k. Substitute x and y and then divide by a.135 = 5 × k3
k3 = 135 ÷ 5 = 27 - Find the number that gives this value when raised to the power. Ask: which number multiplied by itself 3 times gives 27?33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27, so k = 3
- Write the equation. y = 5 × 3x
Check. Test the second point: x = 3 gives 5 × 33 = 5 × 27 = 135. ✓
Watch out. Divide by a before looking for the power. Do not square-root or cube-root until you have kn alone.
Method. Use the point on the y-axis to find a, then use the second point to find k.
- Write the general form. An exponential graph through the given points has the form y = a × kx, where a is the starting value and k is the multiplier.y = a × kx
- Use the point with x = 0 to find a. Any number to the power 0 is 1, so when x = 0 we get y = a × 1 = a.(0, 2) ⇒ a = 2
- Use the point (2, 50) to find k. Substitute x and y and then divide by a.50 = 2 × k2
k2 = 50 ÷ 2 = 25 - Find the number that gives this value when raised to the power. Ask: which number multiplied by itself 2 times gives 25?52 = 5 × 5 = 25, so k = 5
- Write the equation. y = 2 × 5x
Check. Test the second point: x = 2 gives 2 × 52 = 2 × 25 = 50. ✓
Watch out. Divide by a before looking for the power. Do not square-root or cube-root until you have kn alone.
Method. Write the multiplier as m, form the equation 1000 × m3 = 1331, and find m.
- Write the equation. After 3 years the amount is 1000 × m3.1000 × m3 = 1331
- Divide both sides by 1000. m3 = 1.331
- Find the cube root. Try 1.1 × 1.1 × 1.1: 1.1 × 1.1 = 1.21 and 1.21 × 1.1 = 1.331.m = 1.1
- Convert the multiplier to a rate. 1.1 = 110%, which is 100% plus 10%.rate = 10%
Check. 1000 × 1.1 = 1100, × 1.1 = 1210, × 1.1 = 1331. ✓
Watch out. The rate is the multiplier minus 1, written as a percentage: 1.1 means 10%.
Method. Work out both balances after 20 years using a formula, and compare.
- Plan A adds the same amount each year. This is a straight-line pattern: balance = 100 + 10 × years.After 20 years: 100 + 10 × 20 = £300
- Plan B multiplies by 1.1 each year. This is exponential growth: balance = 100 × 1.1years.After 20 years: 100 × 1.120 = £672.75
- Compare. £672.75 − £300 = £372.75
- Look at a table to see why the gap grows. In plan B the interest is paid on the interest as well, so each year’s increase is bigger than the last.
years Plan A Plan B 0 £100 £100.00 1 £110 £110.00 2 £120 £121.00 5 £150 £161.05 10 £200 £259.37 20 £300 £672.75
Check. Plan B’s increase in year 20 is about £61.16, much more than Plan A’s £10. ✓
Watch out. Linear growth adds the same amount each time; exponential growth multiplies, so its increases keep getting bigger.
Method. Average rate of change = change in y ÷ change in x.
- From x = 0 to x = 1. 20 = 1 and 21 = 2.(2 − 1) ÷ (1 − 0) = 1
- From x = 3 to x = 4. 23 = 8 and 24 = 16.(16 − 8) ÷ (4 − 3) = 8
- Compare. The second gradient is 8 times the first. The graph of an exponential growth function is not a straight line: it gets steeper and steeper.1 compared with 8
Check. Check: each step right doubles y, so the increase doubles each time: 1, 2, 4, 8. ✓
Watch out. A curve has a different gradient at different points, so a single number only describes an interval.
Method. Work out the value of 2x for more and more negative x.
- Work out some values. A negative power is a reciprocal.
x 2x −1 1/2 = 0.5 −2 1/4 = 0.25 −5 1/32 = 0.03125 −10 1/1024 = 0.00097656 −20 1/1048576 = 0.00000095 - Think about 1 divided by a huge number. It gets very close to 0 but is never exactly 0, and never negative.So y > 0 for every x.
- Conclude. The x-axis is an asymptote: the curve gets as close as you like but never touches it.Mia is wrong.
Check. If 2x = 0 then no power of 2 could ever give 0, because 2 × 2 × … is never 0. ✓
Watch out. “Asymptote” means very close but never touching.
Method. Write one equation for each point. Divide them to cancel a.
- Use (1, 6). Put x = 1, y = 6.ab = 6
- Use (3, 24). Put x = 3, y = 24.ab3 = 24
- Divide the second equation by the first. a cancels, and b3 ÷ b = b2.b2 = 24 ÷ 6 = 4
- Find b. b must be positive.b = 2
- Find a. Put b = 2 into ab = 6.a × 2 = 6, so a = 3
Check. y = 3 × 2x: at x = 1, 3 × 2 = 6; at x = 3, 3 × 8 = 24. ✓
Watch out. Dividing the two equations is the quick way to remove a.
The equation of a circle and tangents
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Draw a circle with its centre at the origin (0, 0) and radius r. Pick any point (x, y) on the circle. The radius to that point, the horizontal distance x and the vertical distance y form a right-angled triangle. By Pythagoras’ theorem (Chapter 20), x2 + y2 = r2. This is true for every point on the circle, and false for every other point. So:
The circle with centre (0, 0) and radius r has equation x2 + y2 = r2.
Reading the equation. The number on the right is r2, so you must take the square root to get the radius. x2 + y2 = 49 is a circle of radius 7. If the equation is x2 + y2 = 20 the radius is √20 = 2√5 (Chapter 6).
Is a point on the circle? Work out x2 + y2 for the point and compare with r2. If they are equal the point is on the circle; if x2 + y2 is smaller the point is inside; if bigger it is outside. If you know one coordinate you can find the other: put it in the equation and solve. There are usually two answers, one above and one below the axis (or left and right).
Tangents. A tangent to a circle is a straight line that touches the circle at exactly one point. A key fact (proved in Chapter 26) is that the tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact. So to find the equation of the tangent at a point (a, b) on the circle:
- find the gradient of the radius from (0, 0) to (a, b): b ÷ a;
- the tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal: −a ÷ b (Chapter 12);
- use y − b = m(x − a) and rearrange to y = mx + c.
Key ideas
- Circle, centre (0, 0), radius r: x2 + y2 = r2. The right-hand side is r2, not r.
- A point is on the circle if x2 + y2 = r2, inside if it is less, outside if it is more.
- A tangent touches the circle at one point and is perpendicular to the radius there.
- Tangent at (a, b): gradient of radius = b/a; gradient of tangent = −a/b; then y − b = m(x − a).
- The tangent at (a, b) can also be written ax + by = r2.
Key words. The radius is the distance from the centre to the edge. A point is on a circle if its coordinates make the equation true.
Method. A circle with centre (0, 0) and radius r has equation x² + y² = r².
- Remember the equation of a circle with its centre at the origin. Pick any point (x, y) on the circle. The radius to that point, the horizontal distance x and the vertical distance y make a right-angled triangle. Pythagoras gives x2 + y2 = (radius)2.x2 + y2 = r2
- Put in the radius. Here the radius is r = 7.r2 = 72 = 49
- Write the equation. Keep x2 + y2 on the left.x2 + y2 = 49
Check. Test the point (7, 0), which is on the circle: 72 + 02 = 49. ✓
Watch out. The right-hand side is r2, not r. A circle of radius 5 has equation x² + y² = 25, not = 5.
Method. Substitute the known coordinate into x² + y² = r², then solve for the other. There are usually two answers.
- Substitute the known coordinate into the circle equation. The point is on the circle, so its coordinates satisfy the equation.x = 3: (3)2 + y2 = 25
- Work out the square and rearrange for y2. Subtract the known square from both sides.9 + y2 = 25
y2 = 25 − 9 = 16 - Square root both sides. Remember there are two roots: positive and negative. This is because there are two points on the circle with this x-coordinate, one on each side.y = ±√16 = ±4
Check. Check one: (3)2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25. ✓
Watch out. A square root has two answers, positive and negative.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(2)2 + (5)2 = 4 + 25 = 29
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 25. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.29 > 25
- Write the conclusion. The point (2, 5) is outside the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √29 ≈ 5.39 and the radius is 5.00: bigger, so outside. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(3)2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (4 − 0) ÷ (3 − 0) = 43
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ 43 = −34
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 4 = −34(x − 3)
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: −34 × 3 = −94. Then add 4 to both sides.y = −34x + 94 + 4
y = −3x4 + 254 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.3x + 4y = 25
Check. Put the point back in: y = −34 × 3 + 254 = 4, and the point has y = 4. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.((−6))2 + (8)2 = 36 + 64 = 100 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (8 − 0) ÷ ((−6) − 0) = −43
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ −43 = 34
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 8 = 34(x − (−6))
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: 34 × (−6) = −92. Then add 8 to both sides.y = 34x + 92 + 8
y = 3x4 + 252 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.−6x + 8y = 100
Check. Put the point back in: y = 34 × (−6) + 252 = 8, and the point has y = 8. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Method. Substitute the equation of the line into the circle equation. A tangent touches at one point only, so the resulting quadratic has exactly one solution (a repeated root).
- Rearrange the line to make y the subject. We will substitute this into the circle equation.3x + 4y = 25 ⇒ y = −3x + 254
- Substitute into the circle equation. Where the line meets the circle, both equations are true at once. Replace y in x2 + y2 = 25.x2 + (−3x + 254)2 = 25
- Expand, clear the fractions and simplify to a quadratic equal to 0. Multiply every term by 16 to clear the fractions, then move everything to one side.x2 − 6x + 9 = 0
- Factorise. Look for a perfect square.(x − 3)2 = 0
- Count the solutions. A perfect square gives only one value of x, so the line meets the circle at exactly one point. That is what a tangent does.x = 3 only. (Discriminant b2 − 4ac = 0.)
Check. The point of contact is (3, 4); it satisfies both equations. ✓
Watch out. If the discriminant were positive the line would cut the circle twice (a secant); if negative it would miss the circle.
Watch out
The equation is x2 + y2 = r2. A circle of radius 5 has equation x2 + y2 = 25, not = 5. And for the tangent, do not use the gradient of the radius: the tangent is perpendicular so its gradient is the negative reciprocal.Exercise 25G Circles and tangents
Non-calculatorKey words. The radius is the distance from the centre to the edge. A point is on a circle if its coordinates make the equation true.
Method. A circle with centre (0, 0) and radius r has equation x² + y² = r².
- Remember the equation of a circle with its centre at the origin. Pick any point (x, y) on the circle. The radius to that point, the horizontal distance x and the vertical distance y make a right-angled triangle. Pythagoras gives x2 + y2 = (radius)2.x2 + y2 = r2
- Put in the radius. Here the radius is r = 3.r2 = 32 = 9
- Write the equation. Keep x2 + y2 on the left.x2 + y2 = 9
Check. Test the point (3, 0), which is on the circle: 32 + 02 = 9. ✓
Watch out. The right-hand side is r2, not r. A circle of radius 5 has equation x² + y² = 25, not = 5.
Key words. The radius is the distance from the centre to the edge. A point is on a circle if its coordinates make the equation true.
Method. A circle with centre (0, 0) and radius r has equation x² + y² = r².
- Remember the equation of a circle with its centre at the origin. Pick any point (x, y) on the circle. The radius to that point, the horizontal distance x and the vertical distance y make a right-angled triangle. Pythagoras gives x2 + y2 = (radius)2.x2 + y2 = r2
- Put in the radius. Here the radius is r = 6.r2 = 62 = 36
- Write the equation. Keep x2 + y2 on the left.x2 + y2 = 36
Check. Test the point (6, 0), which is on the circle: 62 + 02 = 36. ✓
Watch out. The right-hand side is r2, not r. A circle of radius 5 has equation x² + y² = 25, not = 5.
Key words. The radius is the distance from the centre to the edge. A point is on a circle if its coordinates make the equation true.
Method. A circle with centre (0, 0) and radius r has equation x² + y² = r².
- Remember the equation of a circle with its centre at the origin. Pick any point (x, y) on the circle. The radius to that point, the horizontal distance x and the vertical distance y make a right-angled triangle. Pythagoras gives x2 + y2 = (radius)2.x2 + y2 = r2
- Put in the radius. Here the radius is r = 10.r2 = 102 = 100
- Write the equation. Keep x2 + y2 on the left.x2 + y2 = 100
Check. Test the point (10, 0), which is on the circle: 102 + 02 = 100. ✓
Watch out. The right-hand side is r2, not r. A circle of radius 5 has equation x² + y² = 25, not = 5.
Key words. The radius is the distance from the centre to the edge. A point is on a circle if its coordinates make the equation true.
Method. A circle with centre (0, 0) and radius r has equation x² + y² = r².
- Remember the equation of a circle with its centre at the origin. Pick any point (x, y) on the circle. The radius to that point, the horizontal distance x and the vertical distance y make a right-angled triangle. Pythagoras gives x2 + y2 = (radius)2.x2 + y2 = r2
- Put in the radius. Here the radius is r = 2.5.r2 = 2.52 = 6.25
- Write the equation. Keep x2 + y2 on the left.x2 + y2 = 6.25
Check. Test the point (2.5, 0), which is on the circle: 2.52 + 02 = 6.25. ✓
Watch out. The right-hand side is r2, not r. A circle of radius 5 has equation x² + y² = 25, not = 5.
Method. Read off r² from the equation, then take the square root to find the radius.
- Compare with the standard form. The equation of a circle with centre the origin is x2 + y2 = r2. The number on the right is the radius squared.r2 = 49
- Take the square root. The radius is a length, so it is positive.r = √49 = 7
Check. Square the answer: (7)2 = 49. ✓
Watch out. The number on the right is r2. Do not give 36 as the radius of x² + y² = 36; the radius is 6.
Method. Read off r² from the equation, then take the square root to find the radius.
- Compare with the standard form. The equation of a circle with centre the origin is x2 + y2 = r2. The number on the right is the radius squared.r2 = 100
- Take the square root. The radius is a length, so it is positive.r = √100 = 10
Check. Square the answer: (10)2 = 100. ✓
Watch out. The number on the right is r2. Do not give 36 as the radius of x² + y² = 36; the radius is 6.
Method. Read off r² from the equation, then take the square root to find the radius.
- Compare with the standard form. The equation of a circle with centre the origin is x2 + y2 = r2. The number on the right is the radius squared.r2 = 2.25
- Take the square root. The radius is a length, so it is positive.r = √2.25 = 32
Check. Square the answer: (32)2 = 2.25. ✓
Watch out. The number on the right is r2. Do not give 36 as the radius of x² + y² = 36; the radius is 6.
Method. Read off r² from the equation, then take the square root to find the radius.
- Compare with the standard form. The equation of a circle with centre the origin is x2 + y2 = r2. The number on the right is the radius squared.r2 = 20
- Take the square root. The radius is a length, so it is positive.r = √20 = 2√5
- Check the surd is simplified. Look for a square factor.2√5 ≈ 4.47
Check. Square the answer: (2√5)2 = 20. ✓
Watch out. The number on the right is r2. Do not give 36 as the radius of x² + y² = 36; the radius is 6.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(3)2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 25. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.25 = 25
- Write the conclusion. The point (3, 4) is on the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √25 ≈ 5.00 and the radius is 5.00: equal. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(−5)2 + (0)2 = 25 + 0 = 25
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 25. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.25 = 25
- Write the conclusion. The point (−5, 0) is on the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √25 ≈ 5.00 and the radius is 5.00: equal. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(2)2 + (3)2 = 4 + 9 = 13
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 25. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.13 < 25
- Write the conclusion. The point (2, 3) is inside the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √13 ≈ 3.61 and the radius is 5.00: smaller, so inside. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(4)2 + (4)2 = 16 + 16 = 32
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 25. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.32 > 25
- Write the conclusion. The point (4, 4) is outside the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √32 ≈ 5.66 and the radius is 5.00: bigger, so outside. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. Substitute the known coordinate into x² + y² = r², then solve for the other. There are usually two answers.
- Substitute the known coordinate into the circle equation. The point is on the circle, so its coordinates satisfy the equation.x = 3: (3)2 + y2 = 25
- Work out the square and rearrange for y2. Subtract the known square from both sides.9 + y2 = 25
y2 = 25 − 9 = 16 - Square root both sides. Remember there are two roots: positive and negative. This is because there are two points on the circle with this x-coordinate, one on each side.y = ±√16 = ±4
Check. Check one: (3)2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25. ✓
Watch out. A square root has two answers, positive and negative.
Method. Substitute the known coordinate into x² + y² = r², then solve for the other. There are usually two answers.
- Substitute the known coordinate into the circle equation. The point is on the circle, so its coordinates satisfy the equation.x = −4: ((−4))2 + y2 = 25
- Work out the square and rearrange for y2. Subtract the known square from both sides.16 + y2 = 25
y2 = 25 − 16 = 9 - Square root both sides. Remember there are two roots: positive and negative. This is because there are two points on the circle with this x-coordinate, one on each side.y = ±√9 = ±3
Check. Check one: ((−4))2 + (3)2 = 16 + 9 = 25. ✓
Watch out. A square root has two answers, positive and negative.
Method. Substitute the known coordinate into x² + y² = r², then solve for the other. There are usually two answers.
- Substitute the known coordinate into the circle equation. The point is on the circle, so its coordinates satisfy the equation.x = 2: (2)2 + y2 = 13
- Work out the square and rearrange for y2. Subtract the known square from both sides.4 + y2 = 13
y2 = 13 − 4 = 9 - Square root both sides. Remember there are two roots: positive and negative. This is because there are two points on the circle with this x-coordinate, one on each side.y = ±√9 = ±3
Check. Check one: (2)2 + (3)2 = 4 + 9 = 13. ✓
Watch out. A square root has two answers, positive and negative.
Method. Substitute the known coordinate into x² + y² = r², then solve for the other. There are usually two answers.
- Substitute the known coordinate into the circle equation. The point is on the circle, so its coordinates satisfy the equation.x = 2: (2)2 + y2 = 20
- Work out the square and rearrange for y2. Subtract the known square from both sides.4 + y2 = 20
y2 = 20 − 4 = 16 - Square root both sides. Remember there are two roots: positive and negative. This is because there are two points on the circle with this x-coordinate, one on each side.y = ±√16 = ±4
Check. Check one: (2)2 + (4)2 = 4 + 16 = 20. ✓
Watch out. A square root has two answers, positive and negative.
Method. The equation is x² + y² = r². Use the point to find r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. The point is on the circle, so this gives r2.42 + 32 = 16 + 9 = 25
- Write the equation. r2 = 25 (the radius is 5).x2 + y2 = 25
Check. The circle meets the x-axis at (5, 0): 52 + 0 = 25. ✓
Watch out. You do not need to find the radius first; x2 + y2 for a point on the circle already equals r2.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(3)2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (4 − 0) ÷ (3 − 0) = 43
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ 43 = −34
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 4 = −34(x − 3)
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: −34 × 3 = −94. Then add 4 to both sides.y = −34x + 94 + 4
y = −3x4 + 254 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.3x + 4y = 25
Check. Put the point back in: y = −34 × 3 + 254 = 4, and the point has y = 4. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.((−4))2 + (3)2 = 16 + 9 = 25 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (3 − 0) ÷ ((−4) − 0) = −34
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ −34 = 43
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 3 = 43(x − (−4))
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: 43 × (−4) = −163. Then add 3 to both sides.y = 43x + 163 + 3
y = 4x3 + 253 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.−4x + 3y = 25
Check. Put the point back in: y = 43 × (−4) + 253 = 3, and the point has y = 3. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(5)2 + (12)2 = 25 + 144 = 169 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (12 − 0) ÷ (5 − 0) = 125
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ 125 = −512
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 12 = −512(x − 5)
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: −512 × 5 = −2512. Then add 12 to both sides.y = −512x + 2512 + 12
y = −5x12 + 16912 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.5x + 12y = 169
Check. Put the point back in: y = −512 × 5 + 16912 = 12, and the point has y = 12. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.((−6))2 + ((−8))2 = 36 + 64 = 100 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = ((−8) − 0) ÷ ((−6) − 0) = 43
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ 43 = −34
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − (−8) = −34(x − (−6))
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: −34 × (−6) = 92. Then add (−8) to both sides.y = −34x − 92 + (−8)
y = −3x4 − 252 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.−6x − 8y = 100
Check. Put the point back in: y = −34 × (−6) + −252 = −8, and the point has y = −8. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Method. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(7)2 + (0)2 = 49 + 0 = 49 ✓
- Think about the picture. The radius to (7, 0) lies along the x-axis (horizontal). A tangent is perpendicular to the radius, so it is vertical.A vertical line through x = 7
- Write the equation. Every point on a vertical line has the same x-coordinate.x = 7
Check. The line x = 7 touches the circle only at (7, 0). ✓
Method. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(0)2 + ((−6))2 = 0 + 36 = 36 ✓
- Think about the picture. The radius to (0, −6) lies along the y-axis (vertical). A tangent is perpendicular to the radius, so it is horizontal.A horizontal line through y = −6
- Write the equation. Every point on a horizontal line has the same y-coordinate.y = −6
Check. The line y = −6 touches the circle only at (0, −6). ✓
Method. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.((−8))2 + (0)2 = 64 + 0 = 64 ✓
- Think about the picture. The radius to (−8, 0) lies along the x-axis (horizontal). A tangent is perpendicular to the radius, so it is vertical.A vertical line through x = −8
- Write the equation. Every point on a vertical line has the same x-coordinate.x = −8
Check. The line x = −8 touches the circle only at (−8, 0). ✓
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.((−3))2 + (4)2 = 9 + 16 = 25 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (4 − 0) ÷ ((−3) − 0) = −43
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ −43 = 34
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 4 = 34(x − (−3))
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: 34 × (−3) = −94. Then add 4 to both sides.y = 34x + 94 + 4
y = 3x4 + 254 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.−3x + 4y = 25
Check. Put the point back in: y = 34 × (−3) + 254 = 4, and the point has y = 4. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Method. Write the tangent as ax + by = r², find its intercepts with the axes by setting x = 0 and y = 0, then use them as the base and height of a right-angled triangle.
- Use the neat form of the tangent. At the point (a, b) on x2 + y2 = r2, the tangent is ax + by = r2 (this comes from the gradient method above).3x + 4y = 25
- Find where it crosses the x-axis (put y = 0). On the x-axis the y-coordinate is 0.3x = 25 ⇒ x = 253
- Find where it crosses the y-axis (put x = 0). On the y-axis the x-coordinate is 0.4y = 25 ⇒ y = 254
- Find the area of the triangle with the axes. The triangle has base along the x-axis and height up the y-axis. Area = ½ × base × height.area = ½ × 253 × 254 = 62524
Check. The intercepts (253, 0) and (0, 254) both satisfy 3x + 4y = 25. ✓
Method. Write the tangent as ax + by = r², find its intercepts with the axes by setting x = 0 and y = 0, then use them as the base and height of a right-angled triangle.
- Use the neat form of the tangent. At the point (a, b) on x2 + y2 = r2, the tangent is ax + by = r2 (this comes from the gradient method above).6x + 8y = 100
- Find where it crosses the x-axis (put y = 0). On the x-axis the y-coordinate is 0.6x = 100 ⇒ x = 503
- Find where it crosses the y-axis (put x = 0). On the y-axis the x-coordinate is 0.8y = 100 ⇒ y = 252
- Find the area of the triangle with the axes. The triangle has base along the x-axis and height up the y-axis. Area = ½ × base × height.area = ½ × 503 × 252 = 6256
Check. The intercepts (503, 0) and (0, 252) both satisfy 6x + 8y = 100. ✓
Method. Substitute the equation of the line into the circle equation. A tangent touches at one point only, so the resulting quadratic has exactly one solution (a repeated root).
- Rearrange the line to make y the subject. We will substitute this into the circle equation.3x + 4y = 25 ⇒ y = −3x + 254
- Substitute into the circle equation. Where the line meets the circle, both equations are true at once. Replace y in x2 + y2 = 25.x2 + (−3x + 254)2 = 25
- Expand, clear the fractions and simplify to a quadratic equal to 0. Multiply every term by 16 to clear the fractions, then move everything to one side.x2 − 6x + 9 = 0
- Factorise. Look for a perfect square.(x − 3)2 = 0
- Count the solutions. A perfect square gives only one value of x, so the line meets the circle at exactly one point. That is what a tangent does.x = 3 only. (Discriminant b2 − 4ac = 0.)
Check. The point of contact is (3, 4); it satisfies both equations. ✓
Watch out. If the discriminant were positive the line would cut the circle twice (a secant); if negative it would miss the circle.
Method. Substitute the equation of the line into the circle equation. A tangent touches at one point only, so the resulting quadratic has exactly one solution (a repeated root).
- Rearrange the line to make y the subject. We will substitute this into the circle equation.4x + 3y = 25 ⇒ y = −4x + 253
- Substitute into the circle equation. Where the line meets the circle, both equations are true at once. Replace y in x2 + y2 = 25.x2 + (−4x + 253)2 = 25
- Expand, clear the fractions and simplify to a quadratic equal to 0. Multiply every term by 9 to clear the fractions, then move everything to one side.x2 − 8x + 16 = 0
- Factorise. Look for a perfect square.(x − 4)2 = 0
- Count the solutions. A perfect square gives only one value of x, so the line meets the circle at exactly one point. That is what a tangent does.x = 4 only. (Discriminant b2 − 4ac = 0.)
Check. The point of contact is (4, 3); it satisfies both equations. ✓
Watch out. If the discriminant were positive the line would cut the circle twice (a secant); if negative it would miss the circle.
Method. Substitute the equation of the line into the circle equation. A tangent touches at one point only, so the resulting quadratic has exactly one solution (a repeated root).
- Rearrange the line to make y the subject. We will substitute this into the circle equation.5x + 12y = 169 ⇒ y = −5x + 16912
- Substitute into the circle equation. Where the line meets the circle, both equations are true at once. Replace y in x2 + y2 = 169.x2 + (−5x + 16912)2 = 169
- Expand, clear the fractions and simplify to a quadratic equal to 0. Multiply every term by 144 to clear the fractions, then move everything to one side.x2 − 10x + 25 = 0
- Factorise. Look for a perfect square.(x − 5)2 = 0
- Count the solutions. A perfect square gives only one value of x, so the line meets the circle at exactly one point. That is what a tangent does.x = 5 only. (Discriminant b2 − 4ac = 0.)
Check. The point of contact is (5, 12); it satisfies both equations. ✓
Watch out. If the discriminant were positive the line would cut the circle twice (a secant); if negative it would miss the circle.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(5)2 + (6)2 = 25 + 36 = 61
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 64. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.61 < 64
- Write the conclusion. The point (5, 6) is inside the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √61 ≈ 7.81 and the radius is 8.00: smaller, so inside. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(4.8)2 + (6.4)2 = 23.04 + 40.96 = 64 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (6.4 − 0) ÷ (4.8 − 0) = 43
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ 43 = −34
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 6.4 = −34(x − 4.8)
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: −34 × 4.8 = −185. Then add 6.4 to both sides.y = −34x + 185 + 6.4
y = −3x4 + 10 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.4.8x + 6.4y = 64
Check. Put the point back in: y = −34 × 4.8 + 10 = 325, and the point has y = 6.4. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(6)2 + (8)2 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 100. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.100 = 100
- Write the conclusion. The point (6, 8) is on the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √100 ≈ 10.00 and the radius is 10.00: equal. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(7)2 + (7)2 = 49 + 49 = 98
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 100. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.98 < 100
- Write the conclusion. The point (7, 7) is inside the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √98 ≈ 9.90 and the radius is 10.00: smaller, so inside. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(−9)2 + (4)2 = 81 + 16 = 97
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 100. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.97 < 100
- Write the conclusion. The point (−9, 4) is inside the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √97 ≈ 9.85 and the radius is 10.00: smaller, so inside. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. Substitute the coordinates into x² + y² and check that you get 16.
- Substitute. Square each coordinate. (√7)2 = 7 because squaring undoes the square root.(√7)2 + 32 = 7 + 9
- Add. 7 + 9 = 16
- Conclude. This equals r2, so the point is on the circle.The point lies on the circle. ✓
Check. The distance from the origin is √16 = 4, which is the radius. ✓
Watch out. (√7)2 = 7, not √49 … and not 14.
Method. Parallel lines have the same gradient. Find the tangent gradient at each point.
- Gradient of radius OA. gradient = 4 ÷ 3 = 4/3
- Tangent at A. Negative reciprocal of 4/3.gradient = −3/4
- Gradient of radius OB. (−4) ÷ (−3) = 4/3 (the radius OB lies along the same line as OA).gradient = 4/3
- Tangent at B. Negative reciprocal of 4/3.gradient = −3/4
- Compare. The gradients are equal.The tangents are parallel. ✓
Check. The equations are y = −3/4 x + 25/4 and y = −3/4 x − 25/4, which have the same gradient but different intercepts. ✓
Watch out. A diameter is a straight line through the centre, so both radii have the same gradient.
Method. Think about what y ÷ x measures and what a tangent is.
- What is 4/3? 4 ÷ 3 is the gradient of the radius from (0, 0) to (3, 4), not of the tangent.radius gradient = 4/3
- What is a tangent? It is perpendicular to the radius, so its gradient is the negative reciprocal.tangent gradient = −1 ÷ (4/3) = −3/4
- Check the product. Perpendicular gradients multiply to −1.4/3 × (−3/4) = −1
Check. The tangent must slope downwards at the top-right of the circle, so a negative gradient makes sense. ✓
Watch out. Radius and tangent are at 90°: use the negative reciprocal.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(4)2 + (2)2 = 16 + 4 = 20 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (2 − 0) ÷ (4 − 0) = 12
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ 12 = −2
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 2 = −2(x − 4)
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: −2 × 4 = −8. Then add 2 to both sides.y = −2x + 8 + 2
y = −2x + 10 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.4x + 2y = 20
Check. Put the point back in: y = −2 × 4 + 10 = 2, and the point has y = 2. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Method. The radius to the point of contact has gradient 4/3 (the negative reciprocal of −3/4). So the point is on the line y = 4x/3.
- Find the radius gradient. Negative reciprocal of −3/4.4/3
- Write the line through the origin. It passes through (0, 0) with gradient 4/3.y = (4/3)x
- Substitute into the circle equation. x2 + (16/9)x2 = 25, so (25/9)x2 = 25
- Solve for x. Multiply by 9 and divide by 25.x2 = 9, so x = 3 or x = −3
- Find y. y = (4/3)x.(3, 4) and (−3, −4)
Check. Both points satisfy x2 + y2 = 9 + 16 = 25. ✓
Watch out. There are two points because a circle has two places where the tangent has any given gradient (opposite ends of a diameter).
Method. Write both tangents as ax + by = 25 and solve them as simultaneous equations.
- Write the two tangents. The tangent at (a, b) is ax + by = 25.3x + 4y = 25 (1)
4x + 3y = 25 (2) - Add the equations. This gives equal coefficients of x and y.7x + 7y = 50
- Subtract (1) from (2). x − y = 0, so x = y
- Find the value. Put y = x into 7x + 7y = 50.14x = 50, so x = 25/7, and y = 25/7
Check. 3 × 25/7 + 4 × 25/7 = 175/7 = 25. ✓
Watch out. By symmetry the two tangents meet on the line y = x.
Gradients of curves and rates of change
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
For a straight line the gradient is the same everywhere, so it tells us a steady rate of change: for a distance–time graph the gradient is the speed (Chapter 12). For a curve the steepness changes from place to place, so the gradient depends on where you look. Think of a car accelerating: its speed is different at different moments.
The gradient at a point on a curve. To find how steep a curve is at one point, draw a tangent: a straight line that just touches the curve at that point and has the same direction as the curve there. The gradient of the tangent is the gradient of the curve at that point. It is called the instantaneous rate of change. To find it:
- Use a ruler to draw the tangent so that the curve is balanced equally on either side of the point.
- Choose two points that are far apart on the tangent, and read their coordinates.
- Work out rise ÷ run.
A hand-drawn tangent is never perfect, so an answer is an estimate. In an exam, answers within a small tolerance are accepted.
Average rate of change. Often we only know the graph at two points. The average rate of change between them is the gradient of the straight line joining them, called a chord: (change in y) ÷ (change in x). For a distance–time graph this is the average speed over the interval.
Closing in on the tangent. To estimate the gradient at x = 3 for y = x2, work out the gradient of the chord from x = 3 to x = 3 + h for smaller and smaller h. The answers 7, 6.5, 6.1, 6.01 get closer and closer to 6, which is the gradient of the tangent. In algebra the chord gradient is (y-change) ÷ h; for y = x2 between x = 3 and 3 + h it simplifies to 6 + h, and when h is tiny this is almost 6. (At A level you will find such gradients exactly using calculus; here we estimate.)
Units. The gradient has units of (y-unit) per (x-unit). On a distance–time graph in metres and seconds the gradient is in m/s; on a speed–time graph it is m/s2 (acceleration); on a graph of cost in pounds against items bought it is £ per item.
Key ideas
- The gradient of a curve at a point = the gradient of the tangent there = the instantaneous rate of change. It is found by rise ÷ run using two points on the tangent.
- Average rate of change between two points = gradient of the chord = (change in y) ÷ (change in x).
- As the second point moves closer, the chord gradient gets closer to the tangent gradient.
- Gradient units: (y-unit) per (x-unit), e.g. m/s on a distance–time graph.
- Hand-drawn tangents give estimates, not exact answers.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at x = 2 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(0, −2) and (4, 6)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 4 − 0 = 4
rise = 6 − (−2) = 8 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 8 ÷ 4 = 2
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 1.8 and 2.2). The exact value for this curve is 2. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at t = 4 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(1, −2) and (7, 10)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 7 − 1 = 6
rise = 10 − (−2) = 12 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 12 ÷ 6 = 2
- Interpret the answer. The gradient of the tangent is the rate of change at that instant.The gradient of a distance–time graph is speed. So at 4 seconds the car is travelling at 2 m/s.
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 1.8 and 2.2). The exact value for this curve is 2. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. A chord is a straight line joining two points on a curve. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord.
Method. The average rate of change over an interval = (change in the output) ÷ (change in the input). It is the gradient of the straight line (chord) joining the two points on the graph.
- Find the value at each end of the interval. To use the rule, substitute each value into the formula.at t = 2: s = 22 = 4
at t = 5: s = 52 = 25 - Find the change in the output and the change in the input. Subtract the first from the second.change in s = 25 − 4 = 21m
change in t = 5 − 2 = 3s - Divide. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord joining the two points: change in output ÷ change in input.average rate = 21 ÷ 3 = 7 m/s
Check. Picture the chord from (2, 4) to (5, 25): rise 21 over run 3 gives 7. ✓
Watch out. An average rate is only an average over the whole interval. The rate at a single instant can be higher or lower.
Method. Use a chord from the fixed point to a second point very close to it. As the second point gets closer, the gradient of the chord approaches the gradient of the tangent.
- Find the value at x = 3. This is the fixed point where we want the gradient.y = 32 = 9
- For each step size h, find the second point and the gradient of the chord. Chord gradient = (change in y) ÷ (change in x) = (y2 − 9) ÷ h. Use smaller and smaller h so the second point slides towards the first.
h x-value y-value gradient of chord 1 4 16 7 0.5 3.5 12.25 6.5 0.1 3.1 9.61 6.1 0.01 3.01 9.0601 6.01 - Look at the pattern. As h gets smaller the chord gets closer to the tangent, so the chord gradients settle down towards one number.The gradients are getting closer to 6.
Check. The last chord gradient, 6.01, is very close to 6. ✓
Watch out. Use the same fixed point every time, and divide by h, the change in x.
Method. Find the gradient of the chord from x = 3 to x = 3 + h, simplify it, then see what happens when h gets tiny.
- Write the two points on the curve. Take x = 3 and a nearby value x = 3 + h. Substitute into y = x2.(3, 9) and (3 + h, (3 + h)2)
- Find the change in y. Expand (3 + h)2 and take away 9.(3 + h)2 − 9 = h2 + 6h
- Divide by the change in x, which is h. Gradient of the chord = change in y ÷ change in x. Every term has a factor h, so divide each term by h.gradient = h + 6
- Let h become very small (almost 0). Any term containing h becomes almost 0, so only the number is left. This is the gradient of the tangent.gradient of the tangent at x = 3 is 6
Check. Try h = 0.01 numerically: ((3 + 0.01)2 − 9) ÷ 0.01 = 6.0100, close to 6. ✓
Watch out. Do not put h = 0 before dividing; that would give 0 ÷ 0. Simplify first, then let h become small.
Watch out
A tangent touches the curve at one point; it does not cut through it there. Do not use two points on the curve to find the gradient of a tangent: that gives a chord (an average rate). Take two points on the tangent line itself, far apart, and give the units of the gradient.Exercise 25H Gradients of curves and rates of change
Non-calculatorKey words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at x = 2 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(0, −2) and (4, 6)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 4 − 0 = 4
rise = 6 − (−2) = 8 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 8 ÷ 4 = 2
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 1.8 and 2.2). The exact value for this curve is 2. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at x = −2 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(−4, 6) and (0, −2)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 0 − (−4) = 4
rise = −2 − 6 = −8 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = −8 ÷ 4 = −2
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between −2.2 and −1.8). The exact value for this curve is −2. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at x = 2 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(0, −4) and (4, 8)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 4 − 0 = 4
rise = 8 − (−4) = 12 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 12 ÷ 4 = 3
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 2.7 and 3.3). The exact value for this curve is 3. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at t = 2 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(0, −1) and (4, 3)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 4 − 0 = 4
rise = 3 − (−1) = 4 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 4 ÷ 4 = 1
- Interpret the answer. The gradient of the tangent is the rate of change at that instant.Gradient of a distance–time graph = speed = 1 m/s.
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 0.9 and 1.1). The exact value for this curve is 1. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at t = 4 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(1, −2) and (7, 10)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 7 − 1 = 6
rise = 10 − (−2) = 12 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 12 ÷ 6 = 2
- Interpret the answer. The gradient of the tangent is the rate of change at that instant.Gradient of a distance–time graph = speed = 2 m/s.
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 1.8 and 2.2). The exact value for this curve is 2. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at t = 6 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(4, 3) and (8, 15)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 8 − 4 = 4
rise = 15 − 3 = 12 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 12 ÷ 4 = 3
- Interpret the answer. The gradient of the tangent is the rate of change at that instant.Gradient of a distance–time graph = speed = 3 m/s.
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 2.7 and 3.3). The exact value for this curve is 3. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Key words. A chord is a straight line joining two points on a curve. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord.
Method. The average rate of change over an interval = (change in the output) ÷ (change in the input). It is the gradient of the straight line (chord) joining the two points on the graph.
- Find the value at each end of the interval. To use the rule, substitute each value into the formula.at t = 0: s = 02 = 0
at t = 2: s = 22 = 4 - Find the change in the output and the change in the input. Subtract the first from the second.change in s = 4 − 0 = 4m
change in t = 2 − 0 = 2s - Divide. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord joining the two points: change in output ÷ change in input.average rate = 4 ÷ 2 = 2 m/s
Check. Picture the chord from (0, 0) to (2, 4): rise 4 over run 2 gives 2. ✓
Watch out. An average rate is only an average over the whole interval. The rate at a single instant can be higher or lower.
Key words. A chord is a straight line joining two points on a curve. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord.
Method. The average rate of change over an interval = (change in the output) ÷ (change in the input). It is the gradient of the straight line (chord) joining the two points on the graph.
- Find the value at each end of the interval. To use the rule, substitute each value into the formula.at t = 2: s = 22 = 4
at t = 4: s = 42 = 16 - Find the change in the output and the change in the input. Subtract the first from the second.change in s = 16 − 4 = 12m
change in t = 4 − 2 = 2s - Divide. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord joining the two points: change in output ÷ change in input.average rate = 12 ÷ 2 = 6 m/s
Check. Picture the chord from (2, 4) to (4, 16): rise 12 over run 2 gives 6. ✓
Watch out. An average rate is only an average over the whole interval. The rate at a single instant can be higher or lower.
Key words. A chord is a straight line joining two points on a curve. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord.
Method. The average rate of change over an interval = (change in the output) ÷ (change in the input). It is the gradient of the straight line (chord) joining the two points on the graph.
- Find the value at each end of the interval. To use the rule, substitute each value into the formula.at t = 4: s = 42 = 16
at t = 8: s = 82 = 64 - Find the change in the output and the change in the input. Subtract the first from the second.change in s = 64 − 16 = 48m
change in t = 8 − 4 = 4s - Divide. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord joining the two points: change in output ÷ change in input.average rate = 48 ÷ 4 = 12 m/s
Check. Picture the chord from (4, 16) to (8, 64): rise 48 over run 4 gives 12. ✓
Watch out. An average rate is only an average over the whole interval. The rate at a single instant can be higher or lower.
Key words. A chord is a straight line joining two points on a curve. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord.
Method. The average rate of change over an interval = (change in the output) ÷ (change in the input). It is the gradient of the straight line (chord) joining the two points on the graph.
- Find the value at each end of the interval. To use the rule, substitute each value into the formula.at t = 0: V = 100 × (1110)0 = 100
at t = 2: V = 100 × (1110)2 = 121 - Find the change in the output and the change in the input. Subtract the first from the second.change in V = 121 − 100 = 21pounds
change in t = 2 − 0 = 2year - Divide. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord joining the two points: change in output ÷ change in input.average rate = 21 ÷ 2 = 10.5 pounds/year
Check. Picture the chord from (0, 100) to (2, 121): rise 21 over run 2 gives 10.5. ✓
Watch out. An average rate is only an average over the whole interval. The rate at a single instant can be higher or lower.
Key words. A chord is a straight line joining two points on a curve. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord.
Method. The average rate of change over an interval = (change in the output) ÷ (change in the input). It is the gradient of the straight line (chord) joining the two points on the graph.
- Find the value at each end of the interval. To use the rule, substitute each value into the formula.at t = 2: V = 100 × (1110)2 = 121
at t = 4: V = 100 × (1110)4 = 146.41 - Find the change in the output and the change in the input. Subtract the first from the second.change in V = 146.41 − 121 = 25.41pounds
change in t = 4 − 2 = 2year - Divide. The average rate of change is the gradient of the chord joining the two points: change in output ÷ change in input.average rate = 25.41 ÷ 2 = 12.705 pounds/year
Check. Picture the chord from (2, 121) to (4, 146.41): rise 25.41 over run 2 gives 12.705. ✓
Watch out. An average rate is only an average over the whole interval. The rate at a single instant can be higher or lower.
Method. Use a chord from the fixed point to a second point very close to it. As the second point gets closer, the gradient of the chord approaches the gradient of the tangent.
- Find the value at t = 4. This is the fixed point where we want the gradient.s = 422 + 2 × 4 = 16
- For each step size h, find the second point and the gradient of the chord. Chord gradient = (change in s) ÷ (change in t) = (s2 − 16) ÷ h. Use smaller and smaller h so the second point slides towards the first.
h t-value s-value gradient of chord 1 5 22.5 6.5 0.5 4.5 19.125 6.25 0.1 4.1 16.605 6.05 0.01 4.01 16.06005 6.005 - Look at the pattern. As h gets smaller the chord gets closer to the tangent, so the chord gradients settle down towards one number.The gradients are getting closer to 6.
Check. The last chord gradient, 6.005, is very close to 6. ✓
Watch out. Use the same fixed point every time, and divide by h, the change in x.
Method. Find the gradient of the chord from x = 3 to x = 3 + h, simplify it, then see what happens when h gets tiny.
- Write the two points on the curve. Take x = 3 and a nearby value x = 3 + h. Substitute into y = x2.(3, 9) and (3 + h, (3 + h)2)
- Find the change in y. Expand (3 + h)2 and take away 9.(3 + h)2 − 9 = h2 + 6h
- Divide by the change in x, which is h. Gradient of the chord = change in y ÷ change in x. Every term has a factor h, so divide each term by h.gradient = h + 6
- Let h become very small (almost 0). Any term containing h becomes almost 0, so only the number is left. This is the gradient of the tangent.gradient of the tangent at x = 3 is 6
Check. Try h = 0.01 numerically: ((3 + 0.01)2 − 9) ÷ 0.01 = 6.0100, close to 6. ✓
Watch out. Do not put h = 0 before dividing; that would give 0 ÷ 0. Simplify first, then let h become small.
Method. Find the gradient of the chord from x = 1 to x = 1 + h, simplify it, then see what happens when h gets tiny.
- Write the two points on the curve. Take x = 1 and a nearby value x = 1 + h. Substitute into y = x3.(1, 1) and (1 + h, (1 + h)3)
- Find the change in y. Expand (1 + h)3 and take away 1.(1 + h)3 − 1 = h3 + 3h2 + 3h
- Divide by the change in x, which is h. Gradient of the chord = change in y ÷ change in x. Every term has a factor h, so divide each term by h.gradient = h2 + 3h + 3
- Let h become very small (almost 0). Any term containing h becomes almost 0, so only the number is left. This is the gradient of the tangent.gradient of the tangent at x = 1 is 3
Check. Try h = 0.01 numerically: ((1 + 0.01)3 − 1) ÷ 0.01 = 3.0301, close to 3. ✓
Watch out. Do not put h = 0 before dividing; that would give 0 ÷ 0. Simplify first, then let h become small.
Method. Find the gradient of the chord from x = 5 to x = 5 + h, simplify it, then see what happens when h gets tiny.
- Write the two points on the curve. Take x = 5 and a nearby value x = 5 + h. Substitute into y = x2.(5, 25) and (5 + h, (5 + h)2)
- Find the change in y. Expand (5 + h)2 and take away 25.(5 + h)2 − 25 = h2 + 10h
- Divide by the change in x, which is h. Gradient of the chord = change in y ÷ change in x. Every term has a factor h, so divide each term by h.gradient = h + 10
- Let h become very small (almost 0). Any term containing h becomes almost 0, so only the number is left. This is the gradient of the tangent.gradient of the tangent at x = 5 is 10
Check. Try h = 0.01 numerically: ((5 + 0.01)2 − 25) ÷ 0.01 = 10.0100, close to 10. ✓
Watch out. Do not put h = 0 before dividing; that would give 0 ÷ 0. Simplify first, then let h become small.
Method. Find the gradient of the chord from x = −2 to x = −2 + h, simplify it, then see what happens when h gets tiny.
- Write the two points on the curve. Take x = −2 and a nearby value x = −2 + h. Substitute into y = x3.(−2, −8) and (−2 + h, (−2 + h)3)
- Find the change in y. Expand (−2 + h)3 and take away −8.(−2 + h)3 − −8 = h3 − 6h2 + 12h
- Divide by the change in x, which is h. Gradient of the chord = change in y ÷ change in x. Every term has a factor h, so divide each term by h.gradient = h2 − 6h + 12
- Let h become very small (almost 0). Any term containing h becomes almost 0, so only the number is left. This is the gradient of the tangent.gradient of the tangent at x = −2 is 12
Check. Try h = 0.01 numerically: ((−2 + 0.01)3 − −8) ÷ 0.01 = 11.9401, close to 12. ✓
Watch out. Do not put h = 0 before dividing; that would give 0 ÷ 0. Simplify first, then let h become small.
Method. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time. For the instantaneous speed, use a very short interval after 4 seconds.
- (a) Distance after 4 s. s(4) = 42 = 16 m, and s(0) = 0
- (a) Average speed. Distance ÷ time.16 ÷ 4 = 4 m/s
- (b) Distance at 4.01 s. s(4.01) = 4.012 = 16.0801 m
- (b) Chord gradient. Change in distance ÷ change in time.(16.0801 − 16) ÷ 0.01 = 0.0801 ÷ 0.01 = 8.01 ≈ 8 m/s
- (c) Compare. The car is accelerating, so by 4 seconds it is going much faster than its average over the first 4 seconds.average 4 m/s but speed at 4 s is about 8 m/s
Check. The exact gradient of s = t2 at t = 4 is 2 × 4 = 8. ✓
Watch out. Average rate over an interval is not the same as the rate at one instant.
Method. Average rate = change in P ÷ change in t. For the instantaneous rate use a very short interval.
- (a) Population at t = 2 and t = 4. Use the formula.P(2) = 1000 × 1.12 = 1210.0
P(5) = 1000 × 1.15 = 1610.5 - (a) Average rate. Change in P ÷ change in t.(1610.5 − 1210.0) ÷ 3 = 133.50 ≈ 134 per hour
- (b) Population at t = 3 and 3.01. P(3) = 1331.000
P(3.01) = 1332.269 - (b) Chord gradient over 0.01 h. A very short interval gives almost the tangent gradient.(1332.269 − 1331.000) ÷ 0.01 = 126.9 ≈ 127 per hour
Check. The rate at t = 3 should lie between the average rates over (2, 3) and (3, 4): 121 and 133. ✓
Watch out. The rate is increasing all the time, so the average over a long interval lies between the rates at the two ends.
Method. The gradient is the change in y for a change of 1 in x. Its unit is (y-unit) per (x-unit).
- Identify the axes. The horizontal axis shows number of items and the vertical axis shows cost in pounds.gradient unit = £ per item = £/item
- Say what the number means. A gradient of 3.5 means that cost in pounds changes by 3.5 £ for every 1 item.each extra item costs £3.50 (price per item)
Check. Multiply back: 5 item gives a change of 17.5 £. ✓
Watch out. State the units; a gradient without units loses marks.
Method. The gradient is the change in y for a change of 1 in x. Its unit is (y-unit) per (x-unit).
- Identify the axes. The horizontal axis shows time in seconds and the vertical axis shows speed in m/s.gradient unit = m/s per s = m/s/s
- Say what the number means. A gradient of 2 means that speed in m/s changes by 2 m/s for every 1 s.the acceleration is 2 m/s²
Check. Multiply back: 5 s gives a change of 10 m/s. ✓
Watch out. State the units; a gradient without units loses marks.
Method. The gradient is the change in y for a change of 1 in x. Its unit is (y-unit) per (x-unit).
- Identify the axes. The horizontal axis shows time in hours and the vertical axis shows distance in km.gradient unit = km per hour = km/hour
- Say what the number means. A gradient of 60 means that distance in km changes by 60 km for every 1 hour.the speed is 60 km/h
Check. Multiply back: 5 hour gives a change of 300 km. ✓
Watch out. State the units; a gradient without units loses marks.
Method. The gradient is the change in y for a change of 1 in x. Its unit is (y-unit) per (x-unit).
- Identify the axes. The horizontal axis shows distance in km and the vertical axis shows fuel left in litres.gradient unit = litres per km = litres/km
- Say what the number means. A gradient of −0.08 means that fuel left in litres changes by −0.08 litres for every 1 km.the car uses 0.08 litres of fuel per km (the minus sign means the fuel is decreasing)
Check. Multiply back: 5 km gives a change of −0.4 litres. ✓
Watch out. State the units; a gradient without units loses marks.
Method. Imagine the tangent at each marked point. The gradient is positive if the curve rises left to right, negative if it falls, and zero at a turning point.
- Look at each point in turn, from left to right. Picture a ruler touching the curve at the point.A: rising, B: flat, C: falling, D: flat, E: rising
- Pick the points that fit. We want the points where the tangent would be horizontal (flat): the curve is at the top of a hill or the bottom of a valley.points B and D
Check. A turning point is where the curve changes from rising to falling or the other way, so the gradient must be 0 there. ✓
Watch out. Read the graph from left to right when deciding between rising and falling.
Method. Imagine the tangent at each marked point. The gradient is positive if the curve rises left to right, negative if it falls, and zero at a turning point.
- Look at each point in turn, from left to right. Picture a ruler touching the curve at the point.A: rising, B: flat, C: falling, D: flat, E: rising
- Pick the points that fit. We want the points where the tangent would slope upwards to the right (the curve is rising).points A and E
Check. A turning point is where the curve changes from rising to falling or the other way, so the gradient must be 0 there. ✓
Watch out. Read the graph from left to right when deciding between rising and falling.
Method. Imagine the tangent at each marked point. The gradient is positive if the curve rises left to right, negative if it falls, and zero at a turning point.
- Look at each point in turn, from left to right. Picture a ruler touching the curve at the point.A: rising, B: flat, C: falling, D: flat, E: rising
- Pick the points that fit. We want the points where the tangent would slope downwards to the right (the curve is falling).points C
Check. A turning point is where the curve changes from rising to falling or the other way, so the gradient must be 0 there. ✓
Watch out. Read the graph from left to right when deciding between rising and falling.
Method. Compare an average rate with an instantaneous rate.
- Say what 80 km/h represents. It is the total distance divided by the total time: the gradient of the chord from the start to the end of the journey.average speed = total distance ÷ total time
- Say what the half-way speed is. The speed at one instant is the gradient of the tangent at that point of the graph, which can be higher or lower.instantaneous speed = gradient of the tangent
- Give a reason they differ. The train speeds up after leaving the station, may travel faster on open track, and slows down before stopping.The speed at the half-way point could easily be 100 km/h or 60 km/h.
Check. Example: 80 km in 1 hour is an average of 80 km/h even if the train goes at 100 km/h for half an hour and 60 km/h for the other half. ✓
Watch out. Average rate = chord gradient; instantaneous rate = tangent gradient.
Method. Picture the tangent at the lowest point of the curve.
- Look at the shape. To the left of the lowest point the curve falls, and to the right it rises.falling, then rising
- Picture the tangent at the lowest point. Just at the bottom the curve is neither rising nor falling. The tangent lies flat along the bottom.the tangent is horizontal
- Find the gradient of a horizontal line. A horizontal line has no rise.gradient = 0 ÷ run = 0
Check. Chord from x = 2 to 2 + h: gradient = h, which is almost 0 when h is tiny. ✓
Watch out. The gradient is 0 at every turning point.
Method. Work out the chord gradient, then think about the shape of the curve.
- Find the two points. (3, 9) and (5, 25)
- Chord gradient. Rise ÷ run.(25 − 9) ÷ (5 − 3) = 16 ÷ 2 = 8
- Compare with 6. 8 is bigger than 6.8 > 6
- Explain with the graph. The curve gets steeper as x increases, so the chord to a point further along is steeper than the tangent at the start.The chord gradient is larger because the curve is getting steeper.
Check. Using the formula 6 + h from the worked example with h = 2 gives 8. ✓
Watch out. For a curve that is getting steeper, chords to the right have a larger gradient than the tangent.
Method. When h is tiny, the chord gradient 2a + h is almost 2a. So the gradient of the curve at x = a is 2a.
- Write the chord gradient. From the algebra of the chord.2a + h
- Let h become very small. The h disappears, leaving the gradient of the tangent.gradient at x = a is 2a
- Set it equal to 10. 2a = 10
- Solve. a = 5
Check. At x = 5, the chord to 5.01 has gradient (5.012 − 25) ÷ 0.01 = 10.01. ✓
Watch out. The gradient of y = x2 at x = a is 2a. It is not a2.
Areas under graphs
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
In Chapter 13 you used distance–time graphs, where the gradient is the speed. Now look at a speed–time graph. If a car travels at a steady 20 m/s for 10 seconds, it goes 20 × 10 = 200 m. On the graph, 20 is the height and 10 is the width of a rectangle, so the area of the rectangle is the distance travelled. This works for every speed–time graph:
area under a speed–time graph = distance travelled.
In general, the area under any graph is (vertical quantity) × (horizontal quantity): the units multiply. m/s × s = m; litres/min × min = litres; kW × hours = kWh; pounds per hour × hours = pounds.
Straight-line graphs. When the graph is made of straight lines, split the area into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, and add up the areas. For a trapezium, area = ½ × (sum of the parallel sides) × width, where the parallel sides are the two heights.
Curved graphs. When the graph is a curve we cannot find the area exactly with these shapes, but we can estimate it. Cut the area into thin vertical strips of equal width. Treat each strip as a trapezium (the top is the straight line joining two points on the curve) and add the areas. With more strips the estimate gets better. You can also use rectangles, using the height at the left (or right) edge of each strip.
Over or under? If the curve bends upwards (convex), the straight tops of the trapezia lie above the curve, so the estimate is too big (an over-estimate). If the curve bends downwards, the trapezia lie below it and the estimate is too small. For rectangles on an increasing graph, left-hand heights give an under-estimate and right-hand heights give an over-estimate; on a decreasing graph it is the other way round.
Key ideas
- Area under a speed–time graph = distance. In general area = (vertical value) × (horizontal value) and the units multiply.
- Split straight-line graphs into rectangles, triangles and trapezia. Trapezium area = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.
- For a curve, use equal-width strips and trapezia (or rectangles) to estimate the area. More strips give a better estimate.
- Average speed = total distance ÷ total time (area ÷ time).
- A convex (upward-bending) curve: trapezium estimate is too big. A concave curve: too small.
Method. The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and speed on the vertical axis, area = speed × time = distance travelled. So the area under the graph is the distance travelled.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 10 s): triangle: ½ × 10 × 20 = 100
Part 2 (from 10 to 40 s): rectangle: 20 × 30 = 600
Part 3 (from 40 to 50 s): triangle: ½ × 10 × 20 = 100 - Add the areas. 100 + 600 + 100 = 800
Check. Total time = 50 s, so the average speed is 800 ÷ 50 = 16 m/s. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Key words. An estimate is an approximate answer. The area under a rate graph (like speed) is the total amount (like distance).
Method. Split the area under the curve into strips of equal width. Treat each strip as a trapezium, find its area, and add them. This gives an estimate of the true area.
- Split the area into strips of equal width. The region from time = 0 to 6 is 6 wide. With 3 strips, each strip has width 6 ÷ 3 = 2.
- Read (or calculate) the height of the graph at each strip edge. Each strip is a trapezium with two parallel vertical sides (the heights at its left and right edges).
time 0 2 4 6 speed 2 4 10 20 - Work out the area of each trapezium. Area of a trapezium = ½ × (sum of the parallel sides) × width.Strip 1: ½ × (2 + 4) × 2 = 6
Strip 2: ½ × (4 + 10) × 2 = 14
Strip 3: ½ × (10 + 20) × 2 = 30 - Add the strip areas to get the estimate. 6 + 14 + 30 = 50
- Comment on the accuracy. The curve bends upwards (convex), so each trapezium top lies above the curve. So the estimate is an over-estimate. More strips would give a better estimate.(The exact area is 48.00 m, so the estimate is bigger.)
Check. Use the trapezium rule formula: ½ × 2 × [2 + 20 + 2 × (4 + 10)] = 50.00. ✓
Watch out. The two end heights are used once; every middle height is used twice (it belongs to two strips). Make sure the strips have equal widths.
Method. Split the area into strips, use the height at the left (or right) edge of each as a rectangle, and add the rectangle areas.
- Split into strips of equal width. Width of each strip = (6 − 0) ÷ 3 = 2.
- Use the height at the left-hand edge of each strip. Each strip is treated as a rectangle whose height is the value of the graph at its left edge.
time 0 2 4 6 speed 2 4 10 20 - Area of each rectangle = height × width. Strip 1: 2 × 2 = 4
Strip 2: 4 × 2 = 8
Strip 3: 10 × 2 = 20 - Add. 4 + 8 + 20 = 32
- Say whether it is an over- or under-estimate. The graph is increasing. Using the left-hand heights means each rectangle is below the curve for most of the strip. So the estimate is an under-estimate.estimate 32.00 m < true area 48.00 m
Check. The more strips we use, the closer the estimate gets to the true value (48.00). ✓
Watch out. For an increasing graph, left-hand rectangles give an under-estimate and right-hand rectangles give an over-estimate. For a decreasing graph it is the other way round.
Method. The area under a flow rate–time graph is the volume of water that flows in. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and flow rate on the vertical axis, area = flow rate × time = volume of water that flows in. So the area under the graph is the volume of water that flows in.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 4 minutes): triangle: ½ × 4 × 12 = 24
Part 2 (from 4 to 10 minutes): rectangle: 12 × 6 = 72
Part 3 (from 10 to 14 minutes): triangle: ½ × 4 × 12 = 24 - Add the areas. 24 + 72 + 24 = 120
Check. Total time = 14 minutes, so the average flow rate is 120 ÷ 14 = 607 litres/min. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. Write the area under the graph in terms of V (a rectangle and two triangles) and set it equal to 450.
- Sketch the graph. The shape is a trapezium: it rises to height V over 10 s, is flat for 30 s and falls over 20 s.
- Area of the first triangle. ½ × base × height.½ × 10 × V = 5V
- Area of the rectangle. Base 30, height V.30 × V = 30V
- Area of the second triangle. Base 20, height V.½ × 20 × V = 10V
- Add them and set equal to the total distance. The area is the distance.5V + 30V + 10V = 45V = 450
- Solve. Divide both sides by 45.V = 450 ÷ 45 = 10
Check. Total area = ½ × (60 + 30) × 10 = 450 using the trapezium formula with parallel sides 60 and 30. ✓
Watch out. Keep V as a letter until the end. Do not guess a number first.
Watch out
The area under a distance–time graph does not mean anything useful (m × s). Only use the area under a speed–time graph (or other rate graph). Also, when estimating with trapezia, remember the ½ and use the two heights as the parallel sides.Exercise 25I Areas under graphs
Calculator allowedMethod. The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and speed on the vertical axis, area = speed × time = distance travelled. So the area under the graph is the distance travelled.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 8 s): triangle: ½ × 8 × 16 = 64
Part 2 (from 8 to 20 s): rectangle: 16 × 12 = 192 - Add the areas. 64 + 192 = 256
Check. Total time = 20 s, so the average speed is 256 ÷ 20 = 12.8 m/s. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and speed on the vertical axis, area = speed × time = distance travelled. So the area under the graph is the distance travelled.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 6 s): triangle: ½ × 6 × 12 = 36
Part 2 (from 6 to 14 s): rectangle: 12 × 8 = 96
Part 3 (from 14 to 20 s): triangle: ½ × 6 × 12 = 36 - Add the areas. 36 + 96 + 36 = 168
Check. Total time = 20 s, so the average speed is 168 ÷ 20 = 8.4 m/s. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and speed on the vertical axis, area = speed × time = distance travelled. So the area under the graph is the distance travelled.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 10 s): trapezium: ½ × (5 + 25) × 10 = 150
Part 2 (from 10 to 30 s): rectangle: 25 × 20 = 500
Part 3 (from 30 to 40 s): triangle: ½ × 10 × 25 = 125 - Add the areas. 150 + 500 + 125 = 775
Check. Total time = 40 s, so the average speed is 775 ÷ 40 = 19.375 m/s. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time. The total distance is the area under the speed–time graph.
- Find the total distance: the area under the graph. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia and add their areas.Part 1: triangle: ½ × 8 × 16 = 64
Part 2: rectangle: 16 × 12 = 192
total = 256 m - Find the total time. Read the last and first values on the time axis.20 − 0 = 20 s
- Divide. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time.256 ÷ 20 = 12.8 m/s
Check. Check that 12.8 lies between the lowest and the highest speed on the graph. ✓
Watch out. Average speed is not the average of the highest and lowest speeds unless the graph is a single straight line.
Method. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time. The total distance is the area under the speed–time graph.
- Find the total distance: the area under the graph. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia and add their areas.Part 1: triangle: ½ × 6 × 12 = 36
Part 2: rectangle: 12 × 8 = 96
Part 3: triangle: ½ × 6 × 12 = 36
total = 168 m - Find the total time. Read the last and first values on the time axis.20 − 0 = 20 s
- Divide. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time.168 ÷ 20 = 8.4 m/s
Check. Check that 8.4 lies between the lowest and the highest speed on the graph. ✓
Watch out. Average speed is not the average of the highest and lowest speeds unless the graph is a single straight line.
Method. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time. The total distance is the area under the speed–time graph.
- Find the total distance: the area under the graph. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia and add their areas.Part 1: trapezium: ½ × (5 + 25) × 10 = 150
Part 2: rectangle: 25 × 20 = 500
Part 3: triangle: ½ × 10 × 25 = 125
total = 775 m - Find the total time. Read the last and first values on the time axis.40 − 0 = 40 s
- Divide. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time.775 ÷ 40 = 19.375 m/s
Check. Check that 19.375 lies between the lowest and the highest speed on the graph. ✓
Watch out. Average speed is not the average of the highest and lowest speeds unless the graph is a single straight line.
Method. Acceleration is the gradient of a speed–time graph: change in speed ÷ time.
- Read the change in speed. The speed goes from 0 to 24 m/s.24 − 0 = 24 m/s
- Divide by the time taken. 8 seconds.24 ÷ 8 = 3 m/s²
Check. After 8 s at 3 m/s² the speed is 3 × 8 = 24 m/s. ✓
Watch out. Acceleration is the gradient, not the area.
Method. The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and speed on the vertical axis, area = speed × time = distance travelled. So the area under the graph is the distance travelled.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 8 s): triangle: ½ × 8 × 24 = 96
Part 2 (from 8 to 28 s): rectangle: 24 × 20 = 480
Part 3 (from 28 to 34 s): triangle: ½ × 6 × 24 = 72 - Add the areas. 96 + 480 + 72 = 648
Check. Total time = 34 s, so the average speed is 648 ÷ 34 = 32417 m/s. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time. The total distance is the area under the speed–time graph.
- Find the total distance: the area under the graph. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia and add their areas.Part 1: triangle: ½ × 8 × 24 = 96
Part 2: rectangle: 24 × 20 = 480
Part 3: triangle: ½ × 6 × 24 = 72
total = 648 m - Find the total time. Read the last and first values on the time axis.34 − 0 = 34 s
- Divide. Average speed = total distance ÷ total time.648 ÷ 34 = 32417 m/s
Check. Check that 32417 lies between the lowest and the highest speed on the graph. ✓
Watch out. Average speed is not the average of the highest and lowest speeds unless the graph is a single straight line.
Key words. An estimate is an approximate answer. The area under a rate graph (like speed) is the total amount (like distance).
Method. Split the area under the curve into strips of equal width. Treat each strip as a trapezium, find its area, and add them. This gives an estimate of the true area.
- Split the area into strips of equal width. The region from time = 0 to 6 is 6 wide. With 3 strips, each strip has width 6 ÷ 3 = 2.
- Read (or calculate) the height of the graph at each strip edge. Each strip is a trapezium with two parallel vertical sides (the heights at its left and right edges).
time 0 2 4 6 speed 2 4 10 20 - Work out the area of each trapezium. Area of a trapezium = ½ × (sum of the parallel sides) × width.Strip 1: ½ × (2 + 4) × 2 = 6
Strip 2: ½ × (4 + 10) × 2 = 14
Strip 3: ½ × (10 + 20) × 2 = 30 - Add the strip areas to get the estimate. 6 + 14 + 30 = 50
- Comment on the accuracy. The curve bends upwards (convex), so each trapezium top lies above the curve. So the estimate is an over-estimate. More strips would give a better estimate.(The exact area is 48.00 m, so the estimate is bigger.)
Check. Use the trapezium rule formula: ½ × 2 × [2 + 20 + 2 × (4 + 10)] = 50.00. ✓
Watch out. The two end heights are used once; every middle height is used twice (it belongs to two strips). Make sure the strips have equal widths.
Key words. An estimate is an approximate answer. The area under a rate graph (like speed) is the total amount (like distance).
Method. Split the area under the curve into strips of equal width. Treat each strip as a trapezium, find its area, and add them. This gives an estimate of the true area.
- Split the area into strips of equal width. The region from time = 0 to 4 is 4 wide. With 4 strips, each strip has width 4 ÷ 4 = 1.
- Read (or calculate) the height of the graph at each strip edge. Each strip is a trapezium with two parallel vertical sides (the heights at its left and right edges).
time 0 1 2 3 4 speed 1 2 5 10 17 - Work out the area of each trapezium. Area of a trapezium = ½ × (sum of the parallel sides) × width.Strip 1: ½ × (1 + 2) × 1 = 1.5
Strip 2: ½ × (2 + 5) × 1 = 3.5
Strip 3: ½ × (5 + 10) × 1 = 7.5
Strip 4: ½ × (10 + 17) × 1 = 13.5 - Add the strip areas to get the estimate. 1.5 + 3.5 + 7.5 + 13.5 = 26
- Comment on the accuracy. The curve bends upwards (convex), so each trapezium top lies above the curve. So the estimate is an over-estimate. More strips would give a better estimate.(The exact area is 25.33 m, so the estimate is bigger.)
Check. Use the trapezium rule formula: ½ × 1 × [1 + 17 + 2 × (2 + 5 + 10)] = 26.00. ✓
Watch out. The two end heights are used once; every middle height is used twice (it belongs to two strips). Make sure the strips have equal widths.
Key words. An estimate is an approximate answer. The area under a rate graph (like speed) is the total amount (like distance).
Method. Split the area under the curve into strips of equal width. Treat each strip as a trapezium, find its area, and add them. This gives an estimate of the true area.
- Split the area into strips of equal width. The region from time = 0 to 4 is 4 wide. With 4 strips, each strip has width 4 ÷ 4 = 1.
- Read (or calculate) the height of the graph at each strip edge. Each strip is a trapezium with two parallel vertical sides (the heights at its left and right edges).
time 0 1 2 3 4 speed 16 15 12 7 0 - Work out the area of each trapezium. Area of a trapezium = ½ × (sum of the parallel sides) × width.Strip 1: ½ × (16 + 15) × 1 = 15.5
Strip 2: ½ × (15 + 12) × 1 = 13.5
Strip 3: ½ × (12 + 7) × 1 = 9.5
Strip 4: ½ × (7 + 0) × 1 = 3.5 - Add the strip areas to get the estimate. 15.5 + 13.5 + 9.5 + 3.5 = 42
- Comment on the accuracy. The curve bends downwards (concave), so each trapezium top lies below the curve. So the estimate is an under-estimate. More strips would give a better estimate.(The exact area is 42.67 m, so the estimate is smaller.)
Check. Use the trapezium rule formula: ½ × 1 × [16 + 0 + 2 × (15 + 12 + 7)] = 42.00. ✓
Watch out. The two end heights are used once; every middle height is used twice (it belongs to two strips). Make sure the strips have equal widths.
Method. Split the area into strips, use the height at the left (or right) edge of each as a rectangle, and add the rectangle areas.
- Split into strips of equal width. Width of each strip = (6 − 0) ÷ 3 = 2.
- Use the height at the left-hand edge of each strip. Each strip is treated as a rectangle whose height is the value of the graph at its left edge.
time 0 2 4 6 speed 2 4 10 20 - Area of each rectangle = height × width. Strip 1: 2 × 2 = 4
Strip 2: 4 × 2 = 8
Strip 3: 10 × 2 = 20 - Add. 4 + 8 + 20 = 32
- Say whether it is an over- or under-estimate. The graph is increasing. Using the left-hand heights means each rectangle is below the curve for most of the strip. So the estimate is an under-estimate.estimate 32.00 m < true area 48.00 m
Check. The more strips we use, the closer the estimate gets to the true value (48.00). ✓
Watch out. For an increasing graph, left-hand rectangles give an under-estimate and right-hand rectangles give an over-estimate. For a decreasing graph it is the other way round.
Method. Split the area into strips, use the height at the left (or right) edge of each as a rectangle, and add the rectangle areas.
- Split into strips of equal width. Width of each strip = (6 − 0) ÷ 3 = 2.
- Use the height at the right-hand edge of each strip. Each strip is treated as a rectangle whose height is the value of the graph at its right edge.
time 0 2 4 6 speed 2 4 10 20 - Area of each rectangle = height × width. Strip 1: 4 × 2 = 8
Strip 2: 10 × 2 = 20
Strip 3: 20 × 2 = 40 - Add. 8 + 20 + 40 = 68
- Say whether it is an over- or under-estimate. The graph is increasing. Using the right-hand heights means each rectangle is above the curve for most of the strip. So the estimate is an over-estimate.estimate 68.00 m > true area 48.00 m
Check. The more strips we use, the closer the estimate gets to the true value (48.00). ✓
Watch out. For an increasing graph, left-hand rectangles give an under-estimate and right-hand rectangles give an over-estimate. For a decreasing graph it is the other way round.
Method. Split the area into strips, use the height at the left (or right) edge of each as a rectangle, and add the rectangle areas.
- Split into strips of equal width. Width of each strip = (4 − 0) ÷ 4 = 1.
- Use the height at the left-hand edge of each strip. Each strip is treated as a rectangle whose height is the value of the graph at its left edge.
time 0 1 2 3 4 speed 16 15 12 7 0 - Area of each rectangle = height × width. Strip 1: 16 × 1 = 16
Strip 2: 15 × 1 = 15
Strip 3: 12 × 1 = 12
Strip 4: 7 × 1 = 7 - Add. 16 + 15 + 12 + 7 = 50
- Say whether it is an over- or under-estimate. The graph is decreasing. Using the left-hand heights means each rectangle is above the curve for most of the strip. So the estimate is an over-estimate.estimate 50.00 m > true area 42.67 m
Check. The more strips we use, the closer the estimate gets to the true value (42.67). ✓
Watch out. For an increasing graph, left-hand rectangles give an under-estimate and right-hand rectangles give an over-estimate. For a decreasing graph it is the other way round.
Method. The area under a flow rate–time graph is the volume pumped. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and flow rate on the vertical axis, area = flow rate × time = volume pumped. So the area under the graph is the volume pumped.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 5 minutes): triangle: ½ × 5 × 20 = 50
Part 2 (from 5 to 15 minutes): rectangle: 20 × 10 = 200
Part 3 (from 15 to 20 minutes): trapezium: ½ × (20 + 10) × 5 = 75 - Add the areas. 50 + 200 + 75 = 325
Check. Total time = 20 minutes, so the average flow rate is 325 ÷ 20 = 16.25 litres/min. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and speed on the vertical axis, area = speed × time = distance travelled. So the area under the graph is the distance travelled.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 0.5 hours): triangle: ½ × 0.5 × 60 = 15
Part 2 (from 0.5 to 2 hours): rectangle: 60 × 1.5 = 90
Part 3 (from 2 to 2.5 hours): triangle: ½ × 0.5 × 60 = 15 - Add the areas. 15 + 90 + 15 = 120
Check. Total time = 2.5 hours, so the average speed is 120 ÷ 2.5 = 48 km/h. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. The area under a graph is (vertical value) × (horizontal value), so multiply the numbers and the units.
- Write the multiplication. The vertical axis is power in kW and the horizontal axis is time in hours.3 kW × 4 hours
- Multiply the numbers and the units. kW × hours gives kWh (kilowatt-hours of energy used).3 × 4 = 12 kWh (kilowatt-hours of energy used)
Check. Divide back: 12 ÷ 4 = 3 kW. ✓
Watch out. The unit of the area comes from multiplying the two axis units.
Method. The area under a graph is (vertical value) × (horizontal value), so multiply the numbers and the units.
- Write the multiplication. The vertical axis is flow rate in litres per second and the horizontal axis is time in seconds.8 litres/s × 15 s
- Multiply the numbers and the units. litres/s × s gives litres (volume of water).8 × 15 = 120 litres (volume of water)
Check. Divide back: 120 ÷ 15 = 8 litres/s. ✓
Watch out. The unit of the area comes from multiplying the two axis units.
Method. The area under a graph is (vertical value) × (horizontal value), so multiply the numbers and the units.
- Write the multiplication. The vertical axis is pay rate in pounds per hour and the horizontal axis is time in hours.12.5 £/hour × 6 hours
- Multiply the numbers and the units. £/hour × hours gives £ (total pay).12.5 × 6 = £75
Check. Divide back: 75 ÷ 6 = 12.5 £/hour. ✓
Watch out. The unit of the area comes from multiplying the two axis units.
Method. The area under a graph is (vertical value) × (horizontal value), so multiply the numbers and the units.
- Write the multiplication. The vertical axis is speed in m/s and the horizontal axis is time in seconds.15 m/s × 40 s
- Multiply the numbers and the units. m/s × s gives m (distance).15 × 40 = 600 m (distance)
Check. Divide back: 600 ÷ 40 = 15 m/s. ✓
Watch out. The unit of the area comes from multiplying the two axis units.
Key words. An estimate is an approximate answer. The area under a rate graph (like speed) is the total amount (like distance).
Method. Split the area under the curve into strips of equal width. Treat each strip as a trapezium, find its area, and add them. This gives an estimate of the true area.
- Split the area into strips of equal width. The region from time = 0 to 10 is 10 wide. With 5 strips, each strip has width 10 ÷ 5 = 2.
- Read (or calculate) the height of the graph at each strip edge. Each strip is a trapezium with two parallel vertical sides (the heights at its left and right edges).
time 0 2 4 6 8 10 speed 0 1.4 5.6 12.6 22.4 35 - Work out the area of each trapezium. Area of a trapezium = ½ × (sum of the parallel sides) × width.Strip 1: ½ × (0 + 1.4) × 2 = 1.4
Strip 2: ½ × (1.4 + 5.6) × 2 = 7
Strip 3: ½ × (5.6 + 12.6) × 2 = 18.2
Strip 4: ½ × (12.6 + 22.4) × 2 = 35
Strip 5: ½ × (22.4 + 35) × 2 = 57.4 - Add the strip areas to get the estimate. 1.4 + 7 + 18.2 + 35 + 57.4 = 119
- Comment on the accuracy. The curve bends upwards (convex), so each trapezium top lies above the curve. So the estimate is an over-estimate. More strips would give a better estimate.(The exact area is 116.67 m, so the estimate is bigger.)
Check. Use the trapezium rule formula: ½ × 2 × [0 + 35 + 2 × (1.4 + 5.6 + 12.6 + 22.4)] = 119.00. ✓
Watch out. The two end heights are used once; every middle height is used twice (it belongs to two strips). Make sure the strips have equal widths.
Method. Work out trapezium estimates with 1, 2 and 4 strips and compare each with the exact area.
- Say why for a downward-bending curve. Each trapezium top is a straight line joining two points on the curve, and the curve bends upwards above that line (the curve is above its chords). So the trapezia sit below the curve.the estimate is too small
- Work out the estimates. Use width = 4 ÷ number of strips and add the trapezium areas.1 strip: ½ × 4 × (16 + 0) = 32
2 strips: 40
4 strips: 42 - Compare with the exact area. All three are below 42.67, and they get closer as the number of strips grows.32 < 40 < 42 < 42.67
Check. The 4-strip estimate is only 0.67 below the exact area. ✓
Watch out. More strips = better estimate, but a concave curve always gives an under-estimate with the trapezium method.
Method. Multiply the units of the two axes.
- Look at the units of the area under a distance–time graph. Distance is in m and time is in s, so the area is in m × s = metre-seconds.m × s
- Ask whether that is a useful quantity. It is not a distance. A distance is measured in metres only.Ben is wrong.
- Look at a speed–time graph. Speed is in m/s and time in s, so the area is m/s × s = m.area = distance
Check. A car at 10 m/s for 5 s travels 50 m: the area of a 10 by 5 rectangle. ✓
Watch out. For distance–time graphs use the gradient (speed). For speed–time graphs use the area (distance).
Method. The area under the line is a triangle. Write its area in terms of k and set it equal to 54.
- Find the height of the triangle at x = 6. Put x = 6 in y = kx.y = 6k
- Area of the triangle. ½ × base × height.½ × 6 × 6k = 18k
- Set equal to 54. 18k = 54
- Solve. Divide both sides by 18.k = 3
Check. With k = 3 the height at x = 6 is 18, and ½ × 6 × 18 = 54. ✓
Watch out. Draw the shape first, then write its area.
Iteration and iterative processes
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Some equations cannot be solved with the methods you know. For example x3 − x − 1 = 0 cannot be factorised and there is no simple formula. But we can still find an answer as accurately as we like using iteration: repeating a calculation, using each answer as the input for the next, so that the numbers get closer and closer to the solution.
An iteration formula looks like xn+1 = g(xn). It says: to get the next term, put the current term into g. You are given a starting value x0. For example, with xn+1 = ∛(xn + 1) and x0 = 1: x1 = ∛(1 + 1) = 1.2599…, then x2 = ∛(1.2599 + 1) = 1.3122…, and so on. On a calculator type 1 =, then type ∛(Ans + 1) and press = repeatedly. The Ans button stores the full unrounded value, which keeps the working accurate.
Why it finds a solution. If the terms settle down to a value L, then xn and xn+1 are both about L, so L = g(L). So L solves the equation x = g(x). The iteration formula comes from rearranging the original equation into the form x = g(x). For x3 − x − 1 = 0 we can write x3 = x + 1 and so x = ∛(x + 1).
Where is the solution? To show that a solution lies between two numbers, put both into the expression. If one gives a negative answer and the other a positive answer (a change of sign), the graph crosses the x-axis between them. For f(x) = x3 − x − 1: f(1) = −1 and f(2) = 5, so there is a solution between 1 and 2.
Giving the answer to a number of decimal places. Keep iterating until two (or three) successive terms agree to the required accuracy. To prove that the answer is correct to, say, 3 decimal places, substitute the two ends of the rounding interval (for 1.325 these are 1.3245 and 1.3255) into f(x): a change of sign proves the solution is between them.
Not every rearrangement works. The same equation can be rearranged in several ways. Rearranging x3 − x − 1 = 0 as x = x3 − 1 gives terms that fly away: starting at 1.5 we get 2.375, 12.4, 1905… (it diverges). In an exam you will always be told which formula to use.
General iterative processes. Iteration also describes situations that repeat in steps, such as a population measured every year or the amount of a drug in the body measured every day. Write the rule as un+1 = aun + b: the next amount is the last amount multiplied by a factor, plus (or minus) a fixed amount added or removed. Compound interest is the simplest case (b = 0). If the terms settle on a limiting value L, then L = aL + b, so L = b ÷ (1 − a).
Key ideas
- Iteration: xn+1 = g(xn). Start at x0 and repeat. Use the Ans button and keep all the digits.
- The limit L of the terms satisfies L = g(L), which is a rearrangement of the original equation.
- A change of sign of f(x) between two values shows a solution of f(x) = 0 lies between them.
- For a solution to n d.p.: iterate until the terms agree to n d.p., then show a change of sign at the ends of the rounding interval.
- Some rearrangements diverge. For un+1 = aun + b, the limit (if there is one) is b ÷ (1 − a).
Key words. An iteration repeats the same calculation, using each answer as the next input. x1, x2 ... are the terms.
Method. Substitute each value into the formula to get the next one, starting from x0.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. An iteration is a recipe that gives each term from the one before. The starting value is x0.xn+1 = ∛(xn + 1)
x0 = 1 - Work out x1: put x0 into the right-hand side. Replace xn by the value you have, using brackets for negatives.x1 = ∛(1 + 1) = 1.259921
- Work out x2: use the answer for x1. Now x1 is the input. On a calculator type the value, press =, then type the formula using the Ans key in place of xn; each press of = gives the next term.x2 = ∛(1.259921 + 1) = 1.312294
- Keep pressing = to find the rest. Do not round during the calculation: keep all the digits in the calculator memory and only round the values you write down.
n xn 0 1.000000 1 1.259921 2 1.312294 3 1.322354 4 1.324269 5 1.324633
Check. The terms are settling down towards 1.3246: each new term is closer to the last. ✓
Watch out. Use the calculator’s Ans button so you keep every digit. Rounding too early can give a wrong final digit.
Method. Work out f(x) at each end. A change of sign shows the graph crosses the x-axis, so there is a solution in between.
- Substitute the lower value. Put the first value of x into the expression.f(1) = 13 − 1 − 1 = −1
- Substitute the upper value. Put the second value in.f(2) = 23 − 2 − 1 = 5
- Compare the signs. If the graph of a continuous function is below the x-axis at one value and above it at another, it must cross the axis between them. A crossing means f(x) = 0.f(1) is negative and f(2) is positive: there is a change of sign.
- State the conclusion. So the equation x3 − x − 1 = 0 has a solution between x = 1 and x = 2.
Check. The root is about 1.325, which lies between 1 and 2. ✓
Watch out. You must show both values and say there is a change of sign. Saying only “one is negative” earns no marks.
Method. To rearrange an equation into the form x = g(x), get an x (or x², x³) on its own on one side using inverse operations.
- Start with the equation. x3 + 4x − 3 = 0
- Move the plain number to the right. Subtract it from both sides.x3 + 4x = 3
- Factorise the left side. Take out x as a common factor.x(x2 + 4) = 3
- Divide both sides by the bracket. This leaves x on its own.x = 3x2 + 4
Check. At the solution (x ≈ 0.674) both sides agree: 0.674 and 0.674. ✓
Watch out. The same equation can be rearranged in several ways. Some rearrangements work for iteration and some do not (the numbers fly off), so always use the one the question gives.
Key words. The values converge when they get closer and closer to one number. A root (solution) of f(x) = 0 is a value of x that makes f(x) equal 0.
Method. Use the formula repeatedly until the terms agree to 3 d.p., then prove the answer by a change of sign.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. We repeat the same calculation, each time putting the last answer back in.xn+1 = ∛(xn + 1)
x0 = 1.5 - Calculate the terms using the calculator’s Ans button. Type the starting value and press =. Then type the formula with Ans in place of xn and keep pressing = for each new term. Keep every digit; only round what you write down.
n xn 0 1.500000 1 1.357209 2 1.330861 3 1.325884 4 1.324939 5 1.324760 6 1.324726 7 1.324719 - Stop when the terms agree to 3 decimal places. The last few terms all round to 1.325, so the solution is close to this value.x5, x6, x7 ≈ 1.3248, 1.3247, 1.3247: all round to 1.325
- Show the answer is correct to 3 d.p.: test the two ends of the rounding interval. Any number that rounds to 1.325 lies between 1.3245 and 1.3255. If f changes sign between these, the solution must lie in the interval.f(1.3245) = 1.32453 − 1.3245 − 1 = −0.00093
f(1.3255) = 1.32553 − 1.3255 − 1 = 0.00334 - Conclude. There is a change of sign, so the solution is between the two values, and both round to the same number.x = 1.325 to 3 decimal places
Check. Put x = 1.325 into the original equation: 1.3253 − 1.325 − 1 = 0.0012, which is very close to 0. ✓
Watch out. The change-of-sign test must use the ends of the rounding interval (for example 1.3245 and 1.3255), not just the answer itself.
Method. An iterative process gives each term from the previous one. Apply the rule repeatedly.
- Write the rule and the starting value. Each term is made from the one before.un+1 = 0.8un + 20, u0 = 0
- Work out the terms one at a time. Put each term into the rule to get the next.u1 = 0.8 × 0 + 20 = 20
u2 = 0.8 × 20 + 20 = 36
u3 = 0.8 × 36 + 20 = 48.8
u4 = 0.8 × 48.8 + 20 = 59.04 - Write the answers. List the terms asked for.20, 36, 48.8, 59.04
Check. Check the first step again: 0.8 × 0 + 20 = 20. ✓
Watch out. Use the previous term each time, not the starting value.
Watch out
Do not round during the iteration. If you round every term to 2 or 3 decimal places the errors build up and the final digit may be wrong. Use the Ans key. Also, do not show a root only with the answer: you must show a change of sign for the two ends of the rounding interval.Exercise 25J Iteration and iterative processes
Calculator allowedKey words. An iteration repeats the same calculation, using each answer as the next input. x1, x2 ... are the terms.
Method. Substitute each value into the formula to get the next one, starting from x0.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. An iteration is a recipe that gives each term from the one before. The starting value is x0.xn+1 = ∛(xn + 1)
x0 = 1 - Work out x1: put x0 into the right-hand side. Replace xn by the value you have, using brackets for negatives.x1 = ∛(1 + 1) = 1.259921
- Work out x2: use the answer for x1. Now x1 is the input. On a calculator type the value, press =, then type the formula using the Ans key in place of xn; each press of = gives the next term.x2 = ∛(1.259921 + 1) = 1.312294
- Keep pressing = to find the rest. Do not round during the calculation: keep all the digits in the calculator memory and only round the values you write down.
n xn 0 1.000000 1 1.259921 2 1.312294 3 1.322354
Watch out. Use the calculator’s Ans button so you keep every digit. Rounding too early can give a wrong final digit.
Key words. An iteration repeats the same calculation, using each answer as the next input. x1, x2 ... are the terms.
Method. Substitute each value into the formula to get the next one, starting from x0.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. An iteration is a recipe that gives each term from the one before. The starting value is x0.xn+1 = 3xn2 + 4
x0 = 1 - Work out x1: put x0 into the right-hand side. Replace xn by the value you have, using brackets for negatives.x1 = 312 + 4 = 0.600000
- Work out x2: use the answer for x1. Now x1 is the input. On a calculator type the value, press =, then type the formula using the Ans key in place of xn; each press of = gives the next term.x2 = 30.6000002 + 4 = 0.688073
- Keep pressing = to find the rest. Do not round during the calculation: keep all the digits in the calculator memory and only round the values you write down.
n xn 0 1.000000 1 0.600000 2 0.688073 3 0.670624
Watch out. Use the calculator’s Ans button so you keep every digit. Rounding too early can give a wrong final digit.
Key words. An iteration repeats the same calculation, using each answer as the next input. x1, x2 ... are the terms.
Method. Substitute each value into the formula to get the next one, starting from x0.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. An iteration is a recipe that gives each term from the one before. The starting value is x0.xn+1 = xn35 + 15
x0 = 0 - Work out x1: put x0 into the right-hand side. Replace xn by the value you have, using brackets for negatives.x1 = 035 + 15 = 0.200000
- Work out x2: use the answer for x1. Now x1 is the input. On a calculator type the value, press =, then type the formula using the Ans key in place of xn; each press of = gives the next term.x2 = 0.20000035 + 15 = 0.201600
- Keep pressing = to find the rest. Do not round during the calculation: keep all the digits in the calculator memory and only round the values you write down.
n xn 0 0.000000 1 0.200000 2 0.201600 3 0.201639
Check. The terms are settling down towards 0.2016: each new term is closer to the last. ✓
Watch out. Use the calculator’s Ans button so you keep every digit. Rounding too early can give a wrong final digit.
Key words. An iteration repeats the same calculation, using each answer as the next input. x1, x2 ... are the terms.
Method. Substitute each value into the formula to get the next one, starting from x0.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. An iteration is a recipe that gives each term from the one before. The starting value is x0.xn+1 = √(3xn + 2)
x0 = 3 - Work out x1: put x0 into the right-hand side. Replace xn by the value you have, using brackets for negatives.x1 = √(3 × 3 + 2) = 3.316625
- Work out x2: use the answer for x1. Now x1 is the input. On a calculator type the value, press =, then type the formula using the Ans key in place of xn; each press of = gives the next term.x2 = √(3 × 3.316625 + 2) = 3.456859
- Keep pressing = to find the rest. Do not round during the calculation: keep all the digits in the calculator memory and only round the values you write down.
n xn 0 3.000000 1 3.316625 2 3.456859 3 3.517183
Watch out. Use the calculator’s Ans button so you keep every digit. Rounding too early can give a wrong final digit.
Method. Work out f(x) at each end. A change of sign shows the graph crosses the x-axis, so there is a solution in between.
- Substitute the lower value. Put the first value of x into the expression.f(1) = 13 − 1 − 1 = −1
- Substitute the upper value. Put the second value in.f(2) = 23 − 2 − 1 = 5
- Compare the signs. If the graph of a continuous function is below the x-axis at one value and above it at another, it must cross the axis between them. A crossing means f(x) = 0.f(1) is negative and f(2) is positive: there is a change of sign.
- State the conclusion. So the equation x3 − x − 1 = 0 has a solution between x = 1 and x = 2.
Check. The root is about 1.325, which lies between 1 and 2. ✓
Watch out. You must show both values and say there is a change of sign. Saying only “one is negative” earns no marks.
Method. Work out f(x) at each end. A change of sign shows the graph crosses the x-axis, so there is a solution in between.
- Substitute the lower value. Put the first value of x into the expression.f(0) = 03 + 4 × 0 − 3 = −3
- Substitute the upper value. Put the second value in.f(1) = 13 + 4 × 1 − 3 = 2
- Compare the signs. If the graph of a continuous function is below the x-axis at one value and above it at another, it must cross the axis between them. A crossing means f(x) = 0.f(0) is negative and f(1) is positive: there is a change of sign.
- State the conclusion. So the equation x3 + 4x − 3 = 0 has a solution between x = 0 and x = 1.
Check. The root is about 0.674, which lies between 0 and 1. ✓
Watch out. You must show both values and say there is a change of sign. Saying only “one is negative” earns no marks.
Method. Work out f(x) at each end. A change of sign shows the graph crosses the x-axis, so there is a solution in between.
- Substitute the lower value. Put the first value of x into the expression.f(0) = 03 − 5 × 0 + 1 = 1
- Substitute the upper value. Put the second value in.f(1) = 13 − 5 × 1 + 1 = −3
- Compare the signs. If the graph of a continuous function is below the x-axis at one value and above it at another, it must cross the axis between them. A crossing means f(x) = 0.f(0) is positive and f(1) is negative: there is a change of sign.
- State the conclusion. So the equation x3 − 5x + 1 = 0 has a solution between x = 0 and x = 1.
Check. The root is about 0.202, which lies between 0 and 1. ✓
Watch out. You must show both values and say there is a change of sign. Saying only “one is negative” earns no marks.
Method. Work out f(x) at each end. A change of sign shows the graph crosses the x-axis, so there is a solution in between.
- Substitute the lower value. Put the first value of x into the expression.f(3) = 32 − 3 × 3 − 2 = −2
- Substitute the upper value. Put the second value in.f(4) = 42 − 3 × 4 − 2 = 2
- Compare the signs. If the graph of a continuous function is below the x-axis at one value and above it at another, it must cross the axis between them. A crossing means f(x) = 0.f(3) is negative and f(4) is positive: there is a change of sign.
- State the conclusion. So the equation x2 − 3x − 2 = 0 has a solution between x = 3 and x = 4.
Check. The root is about 3.562, which lies between 3 and 4. ✓
Watch out. You must show both values and say there is a change of sign. Saying only “one is negative” earns no marks.
Method. To rearrange an equation into the form x = g(x), get an x (or x², x³) on its own on one side using inverse operations.
- Start with the equation. Write it with 0 on the right.x3 + 2x − 7 = 0
- Get x3 on its own. Subtract the other terms from both sides.x3 = −2x + 7
- Take the cube root of both sides. The opposite of cubing is the cube root.x = ∛(−2x + 7)
Check. At the solution (x ≈ 1.569) both sides agree: 1.569 and 1.569. ✓
Watch out. The same equation can be rearranged in several ways. Some rearrangements work for iteration and some do not (the numbers fly off), so always use the one the question gives.
Method. To rearrange an equation into the form x = g(x), get an x (or x², x³) on its own on one side using inverse operations.
- Start with the equation. x2 − 3x − 2 = 0
- Get x2 on its own. Add the other terms to both sides.x2 = 3x + 2
- Take the square root of both sides. Use the positive root (we are looking for a positive solution).x = √(3x + 2)
Check. At the solution (x ≈ 3.562) both sides agree: 3.562 and 3.562. ✓
Watch out. The same equation can be rearranged in several ways. Some rearrangements work for iteration and some do not (the numbers fly off), so always use the one the question gives.
Method. To rearrange an equation into the form x = g(x), get an x (or x², x³) on its own on one side using inverse operations.
- Start with the equation. x2 − 3x − 2 = 0
- Get x2 on its own. Add the other terms to both sides.x2 = 3x + 2
- Divide every term by x. Dividing by x turns x2 into x.x = 3 + 2x
Check. At the solution (x ≈ −0.562) both sides agree: −0.562 and −0.562. ✓
Watch out. The same equation can be rearranged in several ways. Some rearrangements work for iteration and some do not (the numbers fly off), so always use the one the question gives.
Method. To rearrange an equation into the form x = g(x), get an x (or x², x³) on its own on one side using inverse operations.
- Start with the equation. x3 − 5x + 1 = 0
- Get the x term on its own. Add it to both sides.x3 + 1 = 5x
- Divide both sides by the number in front of x. Divide by 5.x = x3 + 15
Check. At the solution (x ≈ 0.202) both sides agree: 0.202 and 0.202. ✓
Watch out. The same equation can be rearranged in several ways. Some rearrangements work for iteration and some do not (the numbers fly off), so always use the one the question gives.
Key words. The values converge when they get closer and closer to one number. A root (solution) of f(x) = 0 is a value of x that makes f(x) equal 0.
Method. Use the formula repeatedly until the terms agree to 3 d.p., then prove the answer by a change of sign.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. We repeat the same calculation, each time putting the last answer back in.xn+1 = ∛(xn + 1)
x0 = 1.5 - Calculate the terms using the calculator’s Ans button. Type the starting value and press =. Then type the formula with Ans in place of xn and keep pressing = for each new term. Keep every digit; only round what you write down.
n xn 0 1.500000 1 1.357209 2 1.330861 3 1.325884 4 1.324939 5 1.324760 6 1.324726 7 1.324719 - Stop when the terms agree to 3 decimal places. The last few terms all round to 1.325, so the solution is close to this value.x5, x6, x7 ≈ 1.3248, 1.3247, 1.3247: all round to 1.325
- Show the answer is correct to 3 d.p.: test the two ends of the rounding interval. Any number that rounds to 1.325 lies between 1.3245 and 1.3255. If f changes sign between these, the solution must lie in the interval.f(1.3245) = 1.32453 − 1.3245 − 1 = −0.00093
f(1.3255) = 1.32553 − 1.3255 − 1 = 0.00334 - Conclude. There is a change of sign, so the solution is between the two values, and both round to the same number.x = 1.325 to 3 decimal places
Check. Put x = 1.325 into the original equation: 1.3253 − 1.325 − 1 = 0.0012, which is very close to 0. ✓
Watch out. The change-of-sign test must use the ends of the rounding interval (for example 1.3245 and 1.3255), not just the answer itself.
Key words. The values converge when they get closer and closer to one number. A root (solution) of f(x) = 0 is a value of x that makes f(x) equal 0.
Method. Use the formula repeatedly until the terms agree to 3 d.p., then prove the answer by a change of sign.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. We repeat the same calculation, each time putting the last answer back in.xn+1 = 3xn2 + 4
x0 = 1 - Calculate the terms using the calculator’s Ans button. Type the starting value and press =. Then type the formula with Ans in place of xn and keep pressing = for each new term. Keep every digit; only round what you write down.
n xn 0 1.000000 1 0.600000 2 0.688073 3 0.670624 4 0.674197 5 0.673470 6 0.673618 7 0.673588 8 0.673594 - Stop when the terms agree to 3 decimal places. The last few terms all round to 0.674, so the solution is close to this value.x6, x7, x8 ≈ 0.6736, 0.6736, 0.6736: all round to 0.674
- Show the answer is correct to 3 d.p.: test the two ends of the rounding interval. Any number that rounds to 0.674 lies between 0.6735 and 0.6745. If f changes sign between these, the solution must lie in the interval.f(0.6735) = 0.67353 + 4 × 0.6735 − 3 = −0.00050
f(0.6745) = 0.67453 + 4 × 0.6745 − 3 = 0.00486 - Conclude. There is a change of sign, so the solution is between the two values, and both round to the same number.x = 0.674 to 3 decimal places
Check. Put x = 0.674 into the original equation: 0.6743 + 4 × 0.674 − 3 = 0.0022, which is very close to 0. ✓
Watch out. The change-of-sign test must use the ends of the rounding interval (for example 1.3245 and 1.3255), not just the answer itself.
Key words. The values converge when they get closer and closer to one number. A root (solution) of f(x) = 0 is a value of x that makes f(x) equal 0.
Method. Use the formula repeatedly until the terms agree to 3 d.p., then prove the answer by a change of sign.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. We repeat the same calculation, each time putting the last answer back in.xn+1 = √(3xn + 2)
x0 = 3 - Calculate the terms using the calculator’s Ans button. Type the starting value and press =. Then type the formula with Ans in place of xn and keep pressing = for each new term. Keep every digit; only round what you write down.
n xn 0 3.000000 1 3.316625 2 3.456859 3 3.517183 4 3.542817 5 3.553653 6 3.558224 7 3.560151 … … 12 3.561534 13 3.561545 14 3.561550 - Stop when the terms agree to 3 decimal places. The last few terms all round to 3.562, so the solution is close to this value.x12, x13, x14 ≈ 3.5615, 3.5615, 3.5615: all round to 3.562
- Show the answer is correct to 3 d.p.: test the two ends of the rounding interval. Any number that rounds to 3.562 lies between 3.5615 and 3.5625. If f changes sign between these, the solution must lie in the interval.f(3.5615) = 3.56152 − 3 × 3.5615 − 2 = −0.00022
f(3.5625) = 3.56252 − 3 × 3.5625 − 2 = 0.00391 - Conclude. There is a change of sign, so the solution is between the two values, and both round to the same number.x = 3.562 to 3 decimal places
Check. Put x = 3.562 into the original equation: 3.5622 − 3 × 3.562 − 2 = 0.0018, which is very close to 0. ✓
Watch out. The change-of-sign test must use the ends of the rounding interval (for example 1.3245 and 1.3255), not just the answer itself.
Key words. The values converge when they get closer and closer to one number. A root (solution) of f(x) = 0 is a value of x that makes f(x) equal 0.
Method. Use the formula repeatedly until the terms agree to 3 d.p., then prove the answer by a change of sign.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. We repeat the same calculation, each time putting the last answer back in.xn+1 = xn35 + 15
x0 = 0 - Calculate the terms using the calculator’s Ans button. Type the starting value and press =. Then type the formula with Ans in place of xn and keep pressing = for each new term. Keep every digit; only round what you write down.
n xn 0 0.000000 1 0.200000 2 0.201600 3 0.201639 4 0.201640 - Stop when the terms agree to 3 decimal places. The last few terms all round to 0.202, so the solution is close to this value.x2, x3, x4 ≈ 0.2016, 0.2016, 0.2016: all round to 0.202
- Show the answer is correct to 3 d.p.: test the two ends of the rounding interval. Any number that rounds to 0.202 lies between 0.2015 and 0.2025. If f changes sign between these, the solution must lie in the interval.f(0.2015) = 0.20153 − 5 × 0.2015 + 1 = 0.00068
f(0.2025) = 0.20253 − 5 × 0.2025 + 1 = −0.00420 - Conclude. There is a change of sign, so the solution is between the two values, and both round to the same number.x = 0.202 to 3 decimal places
Check. Put x = 0.202 into the original equation: 0.2023 − 5 × 0.202 + 1 = −0.0018, which is very close to 0. ✓
Watch out. The change-of-sign test must use the ends of the rounding interval (for example 1.3245 and 1.3255), not just the answer itself.
Key words. The values converge when they get closer and closer to one number. A root (solution) of f(x) = 0 is a value of x that makes f(x) equal 0.
Method. Use the formula repeatedly until the terms agree to 2 d.p., then prove the answer by a change of sign.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. We repeat the same calculation, each time putting the last answer back in.xn+1 = ∛(−2xn + 7)
x0 = 1.5 - Calculate the terms using the calculator’s Ans button. Type the starting value and press =. Then type the formula with Ans in place of xn and keep pressing = for each new term. Keep every digit; only round what you write down.
n xn 0 1.500000 1 1.587401 2 1.563932 3 1.570303 4 1.568579 5 1.569046 6 1.568919 7 1.568954 - Stop when the terms agree to 2 decimal places. The last few terms all round to 1.57, so the solution is close to this value.x5, x6, x7 ≈ 1.569, 1.569, 1.569: all round to 1.57
- Show the answer is correct to 2 d.p.: test the two ends of the rounding interval. Any number that rounds to 1.57 lies between 1.565 and 1.575. If f changes sign between these, the solution must lie in the interval.f(1.565) = 1.5653 + 2 × 1.565 − 7 = −0.03696
f(1.575) = 1.5753 + 2 × 1.575 − 7 = 0.05698 - Conclude. There is a change of sign, so the solution is between the two values, and both round to the same number.x = 1.57 to 2 decimal places
Check. Put x = 1.57 into the original equation: 1.573 + 2 × 1.57 − 7 = 0.0099, which is very close to 0. ✓
Watch out. The change-of-sign test must use the ends of the rounding interval (for example 1.3245 and 1.3255), not just the answer itself.
Method. Work out the terms and see whether they settle down.
- Work out x1. Put 1.5 into the formula.x1 = 1.53 − 1 = 2.375
- Work out x2. Use the answer for x1.x2 = 2.3753 − 1 = 12.396
- Work out x3. x3 = 12.3963 − 1 = 1904.0
- Look at the pattern. The terms are getting much bigger, not closer to 1.32. They diverge.This rearrangement does not find the solution.
Check. The next term would be about 6.9e+09: it grows without limit. ✓
Watch out. Not every rearrangement works. If the terms grow without limit, the rearrangement is no use for that starting value.
Method. Follow the staircase and see if it closes in on the point where the two graphs cross.
- Follow the staircase. Each step goes up to the curve and across to the line. The steps get shorter and shorter and move towards the right.the steps close in on the crossing point
- Read the x-coordinate where the graphs cross. The curve and the line cross where x = √(3x + 2).x ≈ 3.6 from the diagram
- Check by calculation. Work out some terms.1.0000, 2.2361, 2.9510, 3.2944, 3.4472, 3.5131, 3.5411
Check. The exact solution of x2 − 3x − 2 = 0 is (3 + √17)/2 = 3.5616. ✓
Watch out. A staircase that moves towards the crossing point means convergence; one that spirals away means divergence.
Method. Work out the terms, then find the value L that does not change when the rule is applied.
- Work out the terms. Put each term into the rule.u1 = 0.7 × 0 + 50 = 50
u2 = 0.7 × 50 + 50 = 85
u3 = 0.7 × 85 + 50 = 109.5
u4 = 0.7 × 109.5 + 50 = 126.65 - Write the limit equation. If the amounts settle on L, then applying the rule to L gives L again.L = 0.7L + 50
- Solve it. Subtract 0.7L from both sides, then divide by 0.3.0.3L = 50, so L = 50 ÷ 0.3 = 166.7
Check. Put L = 166.7 into the rule: 0.7 × 166.7 + 50 = 166.7. ✓
Watch out. The limit is the number that the rule leaves unchanged.
Method. Apply the rule repeatedly: multiply by 1.01 for the interest, then subtract 200.
- Work out the first three balances. Use each balance to find the next.B1 = 1.01 × 5000 − 200 = 4850.00
B2 = 1.01 × 4850.00 − 200 = 4698.50
B3 = 1.01 × 4698.50 − 200 = 4545.48 - Carry on until the balance is below 4000. Keep a table.
n Bn (£) 0 5000.00 1 4850.00 2 4698.50 3 4545.48 4 4390.94 5 4234.85 6 4077.20 7 3917.97 - Read the answer. The first balance below £4000 is B7 = £3917.97.7 months
Check. B6 = £4077.20 is still above £4000. ✓
Watch out. Apply the interest before subtracting the repayment, as the rule says.
Method. An iterative process gives each term from the previous one. Apply the rule repeatedly.
- Write the rule and the starting value. Each term is made from the one before.un+1 = 1.1un − 50, u0 = 600
- Work out the terms one at a time. Put each term into the rule to get the next.u1 = 1.1 × 600 − 50 = 610
u2 = 1.1 × 610 − 50 = 621
u3 = 1.1 × 621 − 50 = 633.1 - Write the answers. List the terms asked for.610, 621, 633.1
Check. Check the first step again: 1.1 × 600 − 50 = 610. ✓
Watch out. Use the previous term each time, not the starting value.
Method. An iterative process gives each term from the previous one. Apply the rule repeatedly.
- Write the rule and the starting value. Each term is made from the one before.un+1 = 1.1un − 50, u0 = 400
- Work out the terms one at a time. Put each term into the rule to get the next.u1 = 1.1 × 400 − 50 = 390
u2 = 1.1 × 390 − 50 = 379
u3 = 1.1 × 379 − 50 = 366.9 - Write the answers. List the terms asked for.390, 379, 366.9
Check. Check the first step again: 1.1 × 400 − 50 = 390. ✓
Watch out. Use the previous term each time, not the starting value.
Method. Put L in for both Pn and Pn+1 and solve.
- Write the equation for no change. L = 1.1L − 50
- Solve. Subtract 1.1L from both sides: −0.1L = −50, then divide by −0.1.L = 500
- Test a start above 500. From 600: 1.1 × 600 − 50 = 610, then 621, … (growing)
- Test a start below 500. From 400: 1.1 × 400 − 50 = 390, then 379, … (falling)
- Explain. At 500 the growth (10% of 500 = 50) exactly equals the 50 sold, so 500 is balanced. Above it the growth beats the sales; below it the sales win.unstable balance at 500
Check. 1.1 × 500 − 50 = 550 − 50 = 500. ✓
Watch out. The balance point is not an attractor here: the terms move away from it.
Method. An iterative process gives each term from the previous one. Apply the rule repeatedly.
- Write the rule and the starting value. Each term is made from the one before.un+1 = 1.03un + 100, u0 = 100
- Work out the terms one at a time. Put each term into the rule to get the next.u1 = 1.03 × 100 + 100 = 203
u2 = 1.03 × 203 + 100 = 309.09
u3 = 1.03 × 309.09 + 100 = 418.3627 - Write the answers. List the terms asked for.203, 309.09, 418.3627
Check. Check the first step again: 1.03 × 100 + 100 = 203. ✓
Watch out. Use the previous term each time, not the starting value.
Method. Apply the formula three times, then solve L = (L + 7/L) ÷ 2.
- Work out x1. Put 3 into the formula.x1 = (3 + 7 ÷ 3) ÷ 2 = 2.66667
- Work out x2. x2 = (2.66667 + 7 ÷ 2.66667) ÷ 2 = 2.64583
- Work out x3. x3 = 2.64575
- Find the limit. If the terms settle on L then L = (L + 7/L) ÷ 2.2L = L + 7/L
- Rearrange. Subtract L, then multiply by L.L = 7/L, so L2 = 7
- Conclude. The terms are positive, so take the positive root.L = √7
Check. √7 = 2.645751 and x3 = 2.645751. ✓
Watch out. This is a very fast iteration: the number of correct digits roughly doubles each step.
Method. Work out the terms, then use L = 1 + 1/L to form a quadratic.
- Work out the terms. Put each term into the formula.x1 = 1 + 1 ÷ 1.0000 = 2.0000
x2 = 1 + 1 ÷ 2.0000 = 1.5000
x3 = 1 + 1 ÷ 1.5000 = 1.6667
x4 = 1 + 1 ÷ 1.6667 = 1.6000
x5 = 1 + 1 ÷ 1.6000 = 1.6250 - Write the limit equation. At the limit both xn and xn+1 equal L.L = 1 + 1/L
- Multiply through by L. This clears the fraction.L2 = L + 1
- Rearrange to equal 0. L2 − L − 1 = 0
- Use the quadratic formula with a = 1, b = −1, c = −1. The positive solution matches the terms.L = (1 + √5) ÷ 2 ≈ 1.6180
Check. The terms 1.6250, 1.6154, 1.6190 are getting close to 1.6180. ✓
Watch out. This limit is the golden ratio. The terms jump above and below it, but get closer each time.
Chapter summary
| Skill | Method |
|---|---|
| Function notation | f(a): replace every x by a (brackets). Solve f(x) = k by putting the rule in and solving the equation. |
| Inverse function | y = f(x); make x the subject; swap y and x. f−1(b) = a when f(a) = b. Graph: reflect in y = x. |
| Composite function | fg(x) = f(g(x)): g first. Replace x in f by g(x). (fg)−1 = g−1f−1. |
| Graph transformations | f(x) + a: up; f(x + a): a left; −f(x): reflect in x-axis; f(−x): reflect in y-axis; af(x), f(ax): stretches. |
| Trigonometric graphs | sin and cos: period 360°, between −1 and 1; tan: period 180°, asymptotes at 90°, 270°. Solve using the inverse key, symmetry and the period. |
| Exponential graphs | y = kx passes through (0, 1), is above the x-axis. k > 1 growth; 0 < k < 1 decay. |
| Growth and decay | Amount = start × (multiplier)n. Multiplier 1 + r/100 or 1 − r/100. Use a table to find a time. |
| Circle and tangent | x2 + y2 = r2. Tangent at (a, b): gradient −a/b (perpendicular to the radius); y − b = m(x − a). |
| Gradient of a curve | Draw a tangent; rise ÷ run using two points on it (instantaneous rate of change). Chord gradient = average rate of change. |
| Area under a graph | Area = vertical × horizontal (units multiply). Speed–time: area = distance. Estimate curves with equal strips (trapezia or rectangles). |
| Iteration | xn+1 = g(xn) with the Ans key. Show a root with a change of sign at the ends of the rounding interval. |
| Iterative processes | un+1 = aun + b; the limit L satisfies L = aL + b. |
Can you…?
- I can use function notation to evaluate f(a) and solve f(x) = k, including with algebraic inputs.
- I can find an inverse function using algebra or a function machine, and I know its graph is a reflection in y = x.
- I can find composite functions such as fg(x) and solve equations involving them.
- I can sketch y = f(x) + a, f(x + a), −f(x) and f(−x) from the graph of y = f(x), and identify these transformations.
- I can sketch and describe the graphs of sin, cos and tan, and solve equations such as sin x = 0.3 for a range of angles.
- I can sketch exponential graphs and solve growth and decay problems with multipliers.
- I can write down the equation of a circle with centre the origin and find the equation of a tangent at a point.
- I can estimate the gradient of a curve using a tangent and explain average and instantaneous rates of change.
- I can find and estimate areas under graphs and say what the area represents.
- I can use an iteration formula, show that a solution lies in an interval, and give a root to a stated accuracy.
Key terms
- Function
- A rule that gives exactly one output for each input.
- Inverse function
- The function that undoes f, written f−1.
- Composite function
- Two functions joined so the output of one is the input of the other, e.g. fg(x) = f(g(x)).
- Domain
- The set of allowed inputs of a function.
- Transformation
- A change to a graph such as a translation, reflection or stretch.
- Period
- The length of one complete cycle of a repeating graph.
- Amplitude
- Half the distance between the maximum and minimum of a wave.
- Asymptote
- A line that a graph gets closer and closer to but never touches.
- Exponential function
- A function with the unknown in the power, such as y = 2x.
- Multiplier
- The number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step.
- Tangent
- A straight line that touches a curve (or circle) at exactly one point.
- Chord
- A straight line joining two points on a curve.
- Instantaneous rate of change
- The rate of change at one point: the gradient of the tangent.
- Average rate of change
- The change in the output divided by the change in the input: the gradient of a chord.
- Iteration
- Repeating a calculation, using each answer as the next input, to approach a solution.
- Converge
- To get closer and closer to one value.
Exercise 25Z Check-up (non-calculator)
Non-calculatorKey words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = 3x2 − 2
- Replace every x with −2, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of f(−2) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.f(−2) = 3 × (−2)2 − 2
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 12 − 2
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 10
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 10. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve g(x) = 15, put the rule in for g(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 15, so g(x) = 15. Put the rule in for g(x).2x + 7 = 15
- Subtract 7 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 7 is added. The opposite of adding 7 is subtracting 7. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.2x = 8
- Divide both sides by 2. The unknown part is being multiplied by 2. The opposite of multiplying by 2 is dividing by 2.x = 4
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = 4
Check. Put each solution back into the function: g(4) = 2 × 4 + 7 = 15. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = x + 52
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.x + 52 = y
- Multiply both sides by 2. The expression is being divided by 2. The opposite of dividing by 2 is multiplying by 2.x + 5 = 2y
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.x = 2y − 5
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 2y − 5
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 2x − 5
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 3.5. Then f−1(3.5) = 2 × 3.5 − 5 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x2
f(x) = 2x − 1 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x2. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 2(x2) − 1
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.2(x2) = 2x2
- Simplify. Collect like terms.fg(x) = 2x2 − 1
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 4, then f(4) = 7. The answer gives 2 × 22 − 1 = 7. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Method. Do each part of the transformation to the point: the change inside the bracket moves x, the change outside moves y.
- Deal with f(x − 3). This moves the graph 3 to the right, so add 3 to the x-coordinate.(2, 5) → (5, 5)
- Deal with the + 1. This moves the graph 1 up, so add 1 to the y-coordinate.(5, 5) → (5, 6)
Check. The total move is the vector (3, 1): (2 + 3, 5 + 1) = (5, 6). ✓
Watch out. Inside the bracket the effect is the opposite of the sign.
Key words. The radius is the distance from the centre to the edge. A point is on a circle if its coordinates make the equation true.
Method. A circle with centre (0, 0) and radius r has equation x² + y² = r².
- Remember the equation of a circle with its centre at the origin. Pick any point (x, y) on the circle. The radius to that point, the horizontal distance x and the vertical distance y make a right-angled triangle. Pythagoras gives x2 + y2 = (radius)2.x2 + y2 = r2
- Put in the radius. Here the radius is r = 6.r2 = 62 = 36
- Write the equation. Keep x2 + y2 on the left.x2 + y2 = 36
Check. Test the point (6, 0), which is on the circle: 62 + 02 = 36. ✓
Watch out. The right-hand side is r2, not r. A circle of radius 5 has equation x² + y² = 25, not = 5.
Method. Work out x² + y² for the point and compare it with r².
- Substitute the coordinates into x2 + y2. If the point is on the circle, the left side will equal the right side.(4)2 + (3)2 = 16 + 9 = 25
- Compare with r2. The circle has r2 = 25. If the answer is equal, the point is on the circle; if it is smaller, the point is inside (closer to the centre); if bigger, outside.25 = 25
- Write the conclusion. The point (4, 3) is on the circle.
Check. The distance from the origin is √25 ≈ 5.00 and the radius is 5.00: equal. ✓
Watch out. Square the negative coordinates carefully: (−3)2 = 9, not −9.
Method. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.(0)2 + (5)2 = 0 + 25 = 25 ✓
- Think about the picture. The radius to (0, 5) lies along the y-axis (vertical). A tangent is perpendicular to the radius, so it is horizontal.A horizontal line through y = 5
- Write the equation. Every point on a horizontal line has the same y-coordinate.y = 5
Check. The line y = 5 touches the circle only at (0, 5). ✓
Method. The area under a speed–time graph is the distance travelled. Split it into rectangles, triangles and trapezia, find each area and add.
- Remember what the area represents. On a graph with time on the horizontal axis and speed on the vertical axis, area = speed × time = distance travelled. So the area under the graph is the distance travelled.
- Split the area under the graph into simple shapes. Draw vertical lines down from each point where the graph changes direction. This makes rectangles, triangles and trapezia whose areas we can find.
- Work out the area of each part. Use rectangle = base × height, triangle = ½ × base × height, trapezium = ½ × (sum of parallel sides) × width.Part 1 (from 0 to 10 s): triangle: ½ × 10 × 20 = 100
Part 2 (from 10 to 30 s): rectangle: 20 × 20 = 400 - Add the areas. 100 + 400 = 500
Check. Total time = 30 s, so the average speed is 500 ÷ 30 = 503 m/s. This lies between the lowest and highest values on the graph. ✓
Watch out. A trapezium needs the sum of the two parallel sides (the two heights) halved, then multiplied by the width. Do not forget the half.
Method. Try whole-number powers of 3 until the value matches 19. A power 0 gives 1, a negative power is 1 divided by the positive power.
- Write the equation. We need the power (the index) that turns the base into the target.3x = 19
- Work out powers of the base. Start near the answer. Remember that going up one power multiplies by the base.3−3 = 127
3−2 = 19 - Pick the matching power. x = −2
Check. 3−2 = 19. ✓
Watch out. A negative power means a reciprocal: 5−2 = 1/25, not −25.
Total 62 marks. Allow about 62 minutes.
Exercise 25X Exam-style questions
Non-calculatorKey words. A function is a rule that turns each input into one output. f(x) is read “f of x” and means the output when the input is x.
Method. To find f(a), substitute the number a for x everywhere in the rule, then work out the answer.
- Write down the function. f(x) is a rule that says what to do to the input x. The letter x is a placeholder for whichever number we put in.f(x) = −2x + 5
- Replace every x with −3, using brackets. The number inside the bracket of f(−3) is the input, so it goes where the x was. Brackets matter with negative numbers.f(−3) = −2 × (−3) + 5
- Work out each part separately (powers first, then multiplying). BIDMAS: indices before multiplication, then add or subtract.= 5 + 6
- Add and subtract. Work from left to right.= 11
Check. Work it out again on a calculator, typing the brackets exactly as shown: the result is 11. ✓
Watch out. Put brackets round negative inputs. For example (−3)² = 9 but −3² = −9.
Marks. 1 mark for substituting −3 with brackets, 1 mark for 11.
Key words. The input is the number that goes into the function and the output is the number that comes out.
Method. To solve f(x) = 9, put the rule in for f(x) and solve the equation for x.
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 9, so f(x) = 9. Put the rule in for f(x).−2x + 5 = 9
- Subtract 5 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 5 is added. The opposite of adding 5 is subtracting 5. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.−2x = 4
- Divide both sides by −2. The unknown part is being multiplied by −2. The opposite of multiplying by −2 is dividing by −2.x = −2
- Write the answer. x is now on its own.x = −2
Check. Put each solution back into the function: f(−2) = −2 × (−2) + 5 = 9. ✓
Watch out. Do not confuse the two jobs: finding f(3) means put 3 in and get an output; solving f(x) = 3 means the output is 3 and you must find the input.
Marks. 1 mark for 5 − 2x = 9, 1 mark for the answer.
Key words. The inverse function f−1 reverses f: if f takes 3 to 11, then f−1 takes 11 back to 3. Subject means the letter on its own on one side.
Method. To find the inverse function f⁻¹, write y = f(x), make x the subject, then swap the letters. The inverse undoes what the function did.
- Write the function as y = … f(x) is the output, which we call y. We want to turn the rule round so that x is given in terms of y.y = 3x + 12
- Describe what the function does to x, in order. Think of a function machine. To undo it we must reverse every step, in reverse order.
- Swap the sides so the x part is on the left. We now rearrange to make x the subject.3x + 12 = y
- Multiply both sides by 2. The expression is being divided by 2. The opposite of dividing by 2 is multiplying by 2.3x + 1 = 2y
- Subtract 1 from both sides. The last thing that happens to the x-part is that 1 is added. The opposite of adding 1 is subtracting 1. Do it to both sides to keep the equation balanced.3x = 2y − 1
- Divide both sides by 3. The unknown part is being multiplied by 3. The opposite of multiplying by 3 is dividing by 3.x = 2y − 13
- Write x in terms of y. Now x is the subject.x = 2y − 13
- Swap the letters: write x for the input of the inverse function. A function is written with x as its input, so we rename y as x.f−1(x) = 2x − 13
Check. Test with a number: f(2) = 3.5. Then f−1(3.5) = 2 × 3.53 − 13 = 2, which takes us back to the input 2. ✓
Watch out. The notation f−1(x) does not mean 1 divided by f(x). It means the inverse function.
Marks. 1 mark for multiplying by 2, 1 mark for subtracting 1, 1 mark for dividing by 3.
Key words. A composite function is two functions joined: the output of the first becomes the input of the second.
Method. fg(x) means: do g first, then f. Replace the x in the outer function by the whole inner function.
- Remember what fg(x) means. fg(x) is the same as f(g(x)). The function written closest to the x (g) is applied first, then f is applied to the result.fg(x) = f(g(x))
- Write down the two functions. g(x) = x2 − 4
f(x) = 2x + 3 - Put g(x) into f: replace the x in f(x) with x2 − 4. g(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of f. Use brackets.fg(x) = 2(x2 − 4) + 3
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.2(x2 − 4) = 2x2 − 8
- Simplify. Collect like terms.fg(x) = 2x2 − 5
Check. Test with x = 2: g(2) = 0, then f(0) = 3. The answer gives 2 × 22 − 5 = 3. They match. ✓
Watch out. Order matters: fg(x) and gf(x) are usually different. The function nearest the x goes first.
Marks. 1 mark for 2(x2 − 4) + 3, 1 mark for the simplified answer.
Method. First find gf(x) by putting the inner function into the outer one. Then solve gf(x) = 21 as an ordinary equation.
- Remember what gf(x) means. gf(x) is the same as g(f(x)). The function written closest to the x (f) is applied first, then g is applied to the result.gf(x) = g(f(x))
- Write down the two functions. f(x) = 2x + 3
g(x) = x2 − 4 - Put f(x) into g: replace the x in g(x) with 2x + 3. f(x) is the output of the first function, and it becomes the input of g. Use brackets.gf(x) = (2x + 3)2 − 4
- Expand the brackets. Multiply out each bracket, one term at a time.(2x + 3)2 = 4x2 + 12x + 9
- Simplify. Collect like terms.gf(x) = 4x2 + 12x + 5
- Write the equation. We are told that the output is 21, so gf(x) = 21. Put the rule in for gf(x).4x2 + 12x + 5 = 21
- Move everything to one side so that the other side is 0. To factorise, a quadratic equation must equal 0. Subtract 21 from both sides.4x2 + 12x − 16 = 0
- Factorise the quadratic. If two things multiply to give 0, at least one of them must be 0. Factorising turns the equation into a product that equals 0.4(x − 1)(x + 4) = 0
- Set each bracket equal to 0 and solve. One bracket must be 0.x − 1 = 0 ⇒ x = 1
x + 4 = 0 ⇒ x = −4 - Write the solutions. A quadratic equation can have two solutions, so give both.x = −4 or x = 1
Check. Test: gf(−4) = 4 × (−4)2 + 12 × (−4) + 5 = 21; gf(1) = 4 × 12 + 12 × 1 + 5 = 21. ✓
Watch out. Do not put the number k into the functions one at a time. Build the single function first.
Marks. 1 mark for (2x + 3)2 − 4, 1 mark for the quadratic equal to 0, 1 mark for factorising, 1 mark for both solutions.
Method. Move 1 right (x + 1) and 4 up (y + 4).
- Move the minimum point right by 1. f(x − 1) moves the graph right.(3, −2) → (4, −2)
- Move up by 4. (4, −2) → (4, 2)
Check. Total move: vector (1, 4). ✓
Watch out. Marks: 1 mark for each correct coordinate.
Method. A stretch parallel to the x-axis with scale factor 1/2: the x-coordinate is halved.
- Halve the x-coordinate. f(2x) squeezes the graph horizontally.3 ÷ 2 = 1.5
- Keep the y-coordinate. It does not change.(3, −2) → (1.5, −2)
Check. f(2 × 1.5) = f(3) = −2. ✓
Watch out. Marks: 1 mark for each correct coordinate.
Method. A minus sign outside reflects the graph in the x-axis.
- Reflect (3, −2). Change the sign of y.(3, −2) → (3, 2)
- Say what type of point it is. The graph is turned upside down.maximum at (3, 2)
Check. The lowest point of the old graph becomes the highest point of the new graph. ✓
Watch out. Marks: 1 mark for reflection in the x-axis, 1 for (3, 2).
Key words. The period of a graph is the length of one complete cycle before it repeats. sin and cos repeat every 360°; tan repeats every 180°.
Method. Find the first solution with the inverse function, then use the symmetry and the repeat pattern of the sin graph to find the rest in the range.
- Write the equation and picture the graph. The solutions of sin x = 0.7 are the x-values where the horizontal line y = 0.7 crosses the graph of y = sin x. Between 0° and 360° it crosses 2 times.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator for the first (principal) solution. The calculator gives one answer, which may not be in the range we want.sin−1(0.7) = 44.4°
- Use the symmetry of the graph to find the other solutions. The sine graph is symmetrical about x = 90° (and x = 270°). So the second solution in the same cycle is 180° − the first.180 − 44.4 = 135.6
- Write the solutions. There are 2 solutions in the range 0° ≤ x ≤ 360°.44.4, 135.6
Check. Put each answer into the calculator: sin 44.4° = 0.70; sin 135.6° = 0.70 (rounding to 2 d.p. should give about 0.70). ✓
Watch out. The calculator only gives one answer. Always ask yourself where the graph crosses the line again.
Marks. 1 mark for 44.4, 1 mark for the method 180 − 44.4, 1 mark for 135.6.
Method. Read the amplitude, the period and the middle line from the graph, then match them to y = a sin(bx) + d (or cos).
- Read the maximum and minimum values. The graph oscillates between a highest and lowest value.maximum = 3, minimum = −3
- Find the amplitude and the middle line. The amplitude is half the distance between the maximum and the minimum. The middle line is halfway between them.amplitude = (3 − (−3)) ÷ 2 = 3
middle line: y = (3 + (−3)) ÷ 2 = 0 - Read the period (the length of one full cycle). The standard sin graph has period 360°. If one cycle takes 180° then the angle is multiplied by 2.period = 180° ⇒ b = 360 ÷ 180 = 2
- Write the equation. Use y = a sin (bx) + d with a = 3, b = 2, d = 0.y = 3 sin 2x
Check. Test one point: when x = 0, the equation gives 0.00, and the graph passes through that value. ✓
Watch out. The period is the length of one whole cycle, not half of it.
Marks. 1 mark for a = 3 (the amplitude), 1 mark for the period 180°, 1 mark for b = 2.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of years, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the growth multiplier. An increase of 2.5% means we add 2.5% of the amount. So we are left with 100% + 2.5% = 102.5% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.102.5% = 102.5 ÷ 100 = 1.025
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 1.025 once for each year. After n years we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.V = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = £6000, multiplier = 1.025, n = 4. Replace each letter by its value.V = £6000 × 1.0254
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 1.0254 first, then multiply by 6000. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.1.0254 = 1.10381
V = £6000 × 1.10381 = 6622.88 - Round sensibly. Money is rounded to the nearest penny (2 decimal places).V = £6622.88
Check. Check the direction: the amount increases, so the answer should be bigger than £6000. It is £6622.88. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Marks. 1 mark for the multiplier 1.025, 1 mark for 6000 × 1.0254, 1 mark for the answer.
Key words. The multiplier is the number you multiply by to apply a percentage change in one step. Compound means each change is applied to the new amount, not the original.
Method. Growth and decay problems use a multiplier. Find the multiplier, raise it to the power of the number of years, and multiply by the starting amount.
- Find the decay multiplier. A decrease of 14% means we take away 14% of the amount. So we are left with 100% − 14% = 86% of the amount, and as a decimal that is the multiplier.86% = 86 ÷ 100 = 0.86
- Write the formula. The amount is multiplied by 0.86 once for each year. After n years we multiply n times, which is the multiplier to the power n.V = (starting amount) × (multiplier)n
- Put in the numbers: start = £18000, multiplier = 0.86, n = 5. Replace each letter by its value.V = £18000 × 0.865
- Work it out on a calculator. Do the power 0.865 first, then multiply by 18000. Keep all the digits until the final rounding.0.865 = 0.470427
V = £18000 × 0.470427 = 8467.69 - Round sensibly. Money is rounded to the nearest penny (2 decimal places).V = £8467.69
Check. Check the direction: the amount decreases, so the answer should be smaller than £18000. It is £8467.69. ✓
Watch out. Do not work out the percentage once and multiply by the number of years. That gives simple growth. Compound growth multiplies by the multiplier every period, so use a power.
Marks. 1 mark for 0.86, 1 mark for 18000 × 0.865, 1 mark for the answer.
Method. Use the multiplier repeatedly, building a table, until the amount falls to the target.
- Find the multiplier. Each year the amount is multiplied by the same number.86% = 0.86
- Work out the amount at the end of each year. Multiply by 0.86 each time. Stop as soon as the amount falls to or below £8000.
After n years Amount 0 £18000 1 £15480 2 £13313 3 £11449 4 £9846 5 £8468 6 £7282 - Read off the answer. The first row that is at or below £8000 is after 6 years.n = 6
Check. Use the formula: £18000 × 0.866 = £7282 (below £8000) but after 5 years it is £8468 (not yet there). ✓
Watch out. Count the years carefully. The row marked 0 is the start, before any year has passed.
Marks. 1 mark for a method of repeated multiplication, 1 mark for the correct answer.
Key words. A tangent is a straight line that touches a circle at exactly one point. It meets the radius at that point at a right angle.
Method. The tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Find the gradient of the radius, flip it and change the sign, then use the point to find the equation.
- Check the point is on the circle. The tangent touches the circle at the point, so the point must satisfy the circle equation.((−5))2 + (12)2 = 25 + 144 = 169 ✓
- Find the gradient of the radius. The radius joins the centre (0, 0) to the point. Gradient = change in y ÷ change in x.gradient of radius = (12 − 0) ÷ ((−5) − 0) = −125
- Find the gradient of the tangent. A tangent is perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact (Chapter 26). For perpendicular lines the gradients multiply to give −1: flip the fraction and change the sign.gradient of tangent = −1 ÷ −125 = 512
- Use y − y1 = m(x − x1) with the point. The tangent has gradient m and passes through (a, b).y − 12 = 512(x − (−5))
- Expand and rearrange to y = mx + c. Multiply out the bracket: 512 × (−5) = −2512. Then add 12 to both sides.y = 512x + 2512 + 12
y = 5x12 + 16912 - (Optional) A neater form. Multiplying through by the bottom of the fraction removes the fractions. The result always has this pattern: ax + by = r2.−5x + 12y = 169
Check. Put the point back in: y = 512 × (−5) + 16912 = 12, and the point has y = 12. ✓
Watch out. The tangent gradient is the negative reciprocal of the radius gradient. A common slip is to flip the fraction but forget the sign change.
Marks. 1 mark for the gradient of OP, 1 mark for the perpendicular gradient, 1 mark for the equation of the line, 1 mark for the correct final form.
Method. Substitute the equation of the line into the circle equation. A tangent touches at one point only, so the resulting quadratic has exactly one solution (a repeated root).
- Rearrange the line to make y the subject. We will substitute this into the circle equation.3x + 4y = 25 ⇒ y = −3x + 254
- Substitute into the circle equation. Where the line meets the circle, both equations are true at once. Replace y in x2 + y2 = 25.x2 + (−3x + 254)2 = 25
- Expand, clear the fractions and simplify to a quadratic equal to 0. Multiply every term by 16 to clear the fractions, then move everything to one side.x2 − 6x + 9 = 0
- Factorise. Look for a perfect square.(x − 3)2 = 0
- Count the solutions. A perfect square gives only one value of x, so the line meets the circle at exactly one point. That is what a tangent does.x = 3 only. (Discriminant b2 − 4ac = 0.)
Check. The point of contact is (3, 4); it satisfies both equations. ✓
Watch out. If the discriminant were positive the line would cut the circle twice (a secant); if negative it would miss the circle.
Marks. 1 mark for rearranging to y = …, 1 mark for substituting, 1 mark for the quadratic, 1 mark for the repeated root and a conclusion.
Key words. The gradient measures steepness: rise ÷ run. On a curve the gradient changes from point to point, so we draw a tangent to find it at one point. This is the instantaneous rate of change.
Method. The gradient of a curve at a point is the gradient of the tangent drawn at that point: rise ÷ run.
- Draw the tangent. A tangent is a straight line that just touches the curve at one point, without crossing it there. Place a ruler so it touches the curve at t = 4 and has the curve balanced evenly on both sides of that point; draw along the ruler.
- Choose two points far apart on the tangent line. Points far apart give a more accurate gradient. Choose points where the line crosses grid intersections so that they are easy to read.(1, −2) and (7, 10)
- Draw a right-angled triangle under the tangent and read the rise and the run. The run is the horizontal distance and the rise is the vertical distance between the two points.run = 7 − 1 = 6
rise = 10 − (−2) = 12 - Work out the gradient. Gradient = rise ÷ run.gradient = 12 ÷ 6 = 2
- Interpret the answer. The gradient of the tangent is the rate of change at that instant.The gradient of a distance–time graph is speed, so the speed after 4 seconds is 2 m/s.
Check. A hand-drawn tangent is only an estimate, so answers within about 10% are accepted (here between 1.8 and 2.2). The exact value for this curve is 2. ✓
Watch out. Do not use the gradient of the line joining two points on the curve (that is a chord). Use two points on the tangent.
Marks. 1 mark for a tangent drawn at t = 4, 1 mark for a rise and run from the tangent, 1 mark for an answer between 1.6 and 2.4 m/s with units.
Key words. An estimate is an approximate answer. The area under a rate graph (like speed) is the total amount (like distance).
Method. Split the area under the curve into strips of equal width. Treat each strip as a trapezium, find its area, and add them. This gives an estimate of the true area.
- Split the area into strips of equal width. The region from time = 0 to 4 is 4 wide. With 4 strips, each strip has width 4 ÷ 4 = 1.
- Read (or calculate) the height of the graph at each strip edge. Each strip is a trapezium with two parallel vertical sides (the heights at its left and right edges).
time 0 1 2 3 4 speed 16 15 12 7 0 - Work out the area of each trapezium. Area of a trapezium = ½ × (sum of the parallel sides) × width.Strip 1: ½ × (16 + 15) × 1 = 15.5
Strip 2: ½ × (15 + 12) × 1 = 13.5
Strip 3: ½ × (12 + 7) × 1 = 9.5
Strip 4: ½ × (7 + 0) × 1 = 3.5 - Add the strip areas to get the estimate. 15.5 + 13.5 + 9.5 + 3.5 = 42
- Comment on the accuracy. The curve bends downwards (concave), so each trapezium top lies below the curve. So the estimate is an under-estimate. More strips would give a better estimate.(The exact area is 42.67 m, so the estimate is smaller.)
Check. Use the trapezium rule formula: ½ × 1 × [16 + 0 + 2 × (15 + 12 + 7)] = 42.00. ✓
Watch out. The two end heights are used once; every middle height is used twice (it belongs to two strips). Make sure the strips have equal widths.
Marks. 1 mark for the speeds 16, 15, 12, 7, 0, 1 mark for the trapezium areas, 1 mark for 42 m, 1 mark for under-estimate with the reason (the curve bends downwards).
Method. Work out f(x) at each end. A change of sign shows the graph crosses the x-axis, so there is a solution in between.
- Substitute the lower value. Put the first value of x into the expression.f(0) = 03 + 4 × 0 − 3 = −3
- Substitute the upper value. Put the second value in.f(1) = 13 + 4 × 1 − 3 = 2
- Compare the signs. If the graph of a continuous function is below the x-axis at one value and above it at another, it must cross the axis between them. A crossing means f(x) = 0.f(0) is negative and f(1) is positive: there is a change of sign.
- State the conclusion. So the equation x3 + 4x − 3 = 0 has a solution between x = 0 and x = 1.
Check. The root is about 0.674, which lies between 0 and 1. ✓
Watch out. You must show both values and say there is a change of sign. Saying only “one is negative” earns no marks.
Marks. 1 mark for both values, 1 mark for the change of sign and conclusion.
Key words. The values converge when they get closer and closer to one number. A root (solution) of f(x) = 0 is a value of x that makes f(x) equal 0.
Method. Use the formula repeatedly until the terms agree to 3 d.p., then prove the answer by a change of sign.
- Write the iteration formula and the starting value. We repeat the same calculation, each time putting the last answer back in.xn+1 = 3xn2 + 4
x0 = 1 - Calculate the terms using the calculator’s Ans button. Type the starting value and press =. Then type the formula with Ans in place of xn and keep pressing = for each new term. Keep every digit; only round what you write down.
n xn 0 1.000000 1 0.600000 2 0.688073 3 0.670624 4 0.674197 5 0.673470 6 0.673618 7 0.673588 8 0.673594 - Stop when the terms agree to 3 decimal places. The last few terms all round to 0.674, so the solution is close to this value.x6, x7, x8 ≈ 0.6736, 0.6736, 0.6736: all round to 0.674
- Show the answer is correct to 3 d.p.: test the two ends of the rounding interval. Any number that rounds to 0.674 lies between 0.6735 and 0.6745. If f changes sign between these, the solution must lie in the interval.f(0.6735) = 0.67353 + 4 × 0.6735 − 3 = −0.00050
f(0.6745) = 0.67453 + 4 × 0.6745 − 3 = 0.00486 - Conclude. There is a change of sign, so the solution is between the two values, and both round to the same number.x = 0.674 to 3 decimal places
Check. Put x = 0.674 into the original equation: 0.6743 + 4 × 0.674 − 3 = 0.0022, which is very close to 0. ✓
Watch out. The change-of-sign test must use the ends of the rounding interval (for example 1.3245 and 1.3255), not just the answer itself.
Marks. 1 mark for the terms, 1 mark for 0.674, 2 marks for the change-of-sign test at 0.6735 and 0.6745.
Method. Use the multiplier repeatedly, building a table, until the amount reaches the target.
- Find the multiplier. Each year the amount is multiplied by the same number.105% = 1.05
- Work out the amount at the end of each year. Multiply by 1.05 each time. Stop as soon as the amount reaches or passes 4000.
After n years Amount 0 2000 1 2100 2 2205 12 3592 13 3771 14 3960 15 4158 - Read off the answer. The first row that reaches or passes 4000 is after 15 years.n = 15
Check. Use the formula: 2000 × 1.0515 = 4158 (above 4000) but after 14 years it is 3960 (not yet there). ✓
Watch out. Count the years carefully. The row marked 0 is the start, before any year has passed.
Marks. 1 mark for the multiplier 1.05, 1 mark for 2000 × 1.0514 < 4000, 1 mark for 2000 × 1.0515 > 4000, 1 mark for the conclusion.
Method. Find fg(x), invert it, then compose the two separate inverses in the reverse order.
- Find fg(x). g acts first.fg(x) = (3x − 2) + 5 = 3x + 3
- Invert it. Write y = 3x + 3, subtract 3, divide by 3.x = y − 33
- Write (fg)−1(x). Swap the letters.(fg)−1(x) = x − 33
- Find the separate inverses. Reverse each function.f−1(x) = x − 5 and g−1(x) = (x + 2) ÷ 3
- Compose g−1f−1(x). Undo f first, then g.g−1(x − 5) = ((x − 5) + 2) ÷ 3 = (x − 3) ÷ 3
- Compare. Both are (x − 3)/3.Shown. ✓
Check. fg(2) = 3 × 2 + 3 = 9 and (fg)−1(9) = (9 − 3) ÷ 3 = 2. ✓
Watch out. Marks: 1 for fg(x), 1 for the method of inverting, 1 for (x − 3)/3, 1 for each inverse (2 marks), total 5.